WO2022257564A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022257564A1
WO2022257564A1 PCT/CN2022/083761 CN2022083761W WO2022257564A1 WO 2022257564 A1 WO2022257564 A1 WO 2022257564A1 CN 2022083761 W CN2022083761 W CN 2022083761W WO 2022257564 A1 WO2022257564 A1 WO 2022257564A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency band
information
network device
terminal device
bandwidth
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/083761
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
邝奕如
李秉肇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022257564A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022257564A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/22Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H04W8/24Transfer of terminal data

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the frequency band information is used to send a request message to the target network device
  • the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device by parsing the first capability information, for example, parsing the container corresponding to the first radio access technology supported by itself, which is helpful It is used to improve the success rate of the network equipment to prepare for inter-system handover or add secondary cells.
  • the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band is carried in a user equipment UE capability message.
  • the network device can obtain frequency band information in multiple ways, that is, bandwidth information on at least one frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, thereby improving flexibility.
  • a request message is sent to the target network device according to the frequency band information; wherein the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a communication connection with the target network device; the terminal device supports The channel bandwidth of the first frequency band is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth on the first frequency band supported by the target network device, and greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency band supported by the target network device, the first frequency band It is one of at least one frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
  • the network device can determine to trigger the addition of the secondary cell or the change of the secondary cell, so as to improve the transmission performance and throughput of the terminal device.
  • the present application provides a communication method applied to a terminal device, the method comprising: receiving a first configuration message from a network device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring a second wireless access technology , the first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second radio access technology, the network device is a network device supporting the first radio access technology; sending first measurement information to the network device, the first measurement The information is used to indicate the first frequency point information, the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and the bandwidth information on the first frequency point supported by the terminal device, and the first frequency point information is Frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, the computer product includes a computer program, and when the computer program is run, any method in the implementation methods of the first aspect to the fourth aspect above is executed.
  • the network device responsible for managing the MCG is the main network device, which is used to provide the control plane connection between the terminal device and the core network
  • the network device responsible for managing the SCG is a secondary network device, which is used for the terminal Provide additional wireless resources.
  • Multiple items means two or more, in view of this, “multiple items” can also be understood as “at least two items” in the embodiments of the present application.
  • At least two can be understood as two or more, such as two, three or more.
  • At least one can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently.
  • the character "/" unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • Fig. 1 exemplarily shows an application scenario of the embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 1 includes an access network device, a core network device and a UE.
  • the access network equipment for example, works in the evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) system, or works in the NR system, or works in the next generation communication system or other communication systems middle.
  • the access network device is, for example, a base station.
  • the access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in the 4G system, it may correspond to eNB, and in the 5G system, it may correspond to the access network equipment in 5G, such as gNB.
  • the various embodiments to be introduced later take the architecture shown in FIG. 1 as an example.
  • the access network equipment described in the various embodiments below is, for example, the access network equipment in the network architecture shown in Figure 1
  • the core network equipment described in the various embodiments below is, for example, the network architecture shown in Figure 1
  • the core network equipment in the network architecture, and the UE described in the following embodiments may be the UE in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the core network device described in each of the following embodiments is, for example, an AMF, or may also be other devices located on the core network side.
  • the source network device can only obtain the frequency band of the different system supported by the UE by analyzing the container or capability of the same system supported by the UE, but cannot determine the frequency band of the different system supported by the UE.
  • the supported bandwidth on the system band since the source network device cannot resolve the container or capability of the different system supported by the UE, the source network device can only obtain the frequency band of the different system supported by the UE by analyzing the container or capability of the same system supported by the UE, but cannot determine the frequency band of the different system supported by the UE. The supported bandwidth on the system band.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the method can be applied to the system architecture shown in Figure 1 and the switching scenario shown in Figure 2, as shown in Figure 3, the method can include the following steps:
  • the frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the UE can also be carried in the EUTRA container or the EUTRA capability information of the terminal device, so that the network device supporting the EUTRA radio access technology can pass Analyzing the EUTRA container or the EUTRA capability information of the terminal device to obtain the frequency band information supported by the UE for receiving the second radio access.
  • the EUTRA container may include: the UE's capabilities in the EUTRA radio access technology, at least one NR band supported by the UE in the NR SA radio access technology, and all the UE's supported NR SA radio access technologies The bandwidth on each NR band in at least one NR band.
  • the capability of the first radio access technology supported by the UE may be carried in the container of the first wireless access technology or the capability information of the first wireless access technology of the terminal device.
  • the first capability information may be carried by an NR container (NR container) or NR capability information (UE-NR-Capability) of the terminal device.
  • the frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device includes at least one of the following:
  • the possible bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology includes: N bandwidths, at this time, the first indication field in the first capability information may include a bit string of N (N is an integer greater than 1) bits or bitmap.
  • the first downlink indication field may be a bit string (bit string) or a bit map (bitmap). Possible downlink bandwidths on the band of the second radio access technology include: N2 downlink bandwidths. At this time, the first downlink indication field may include a bit string or a bitmap of N2 (N2 is an integer greater than 1) bits.
  • step 302 there may be multiple ways for the terminal device to send the first capability information to the network device, and the way A1 and way A2 are used as examples below.
  • this embodiment of the present application may further include that the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to request the terminal device to report first capability information, and the terminal device receives the first indication information , and then execute step 301 or step 302.
  • the second indication information may be carried in an existing information element and sent.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the bandwidth on the NR frequency band supported by the UE.
  • the first indication information is carried in a configuration message and sent to the terminal device, for example, the configuration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message or the like.
  • the terminal device confirms to send the first capability information to the network device through UE assistance information.
  • the first capability information may also be carried in other RRC messages and sent to the network device, which is not limited here.
  • step 301 For details, refer to step 301, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first configuration message is used to configure at least one frequency point for measuring the same system, and the first configuration message may also be used for configuring at least one frequency point for measuring a different system.
  • the terminal device may measure the reference signal on at least one configured frequency point based on the first configuration message, and generate a measurement report from the measurement result and send it to the source network device, so that the source network device can determine the terminal The signal quality of the device accessing the target cell to prepare for the subsequent handover to the target cell.
  • the first measurement information is carried in the measurement inclusion or UE assistance information and sent together, or may be sent separately, which is not limited here.
  • a terminal device can simultaneously access a primary network device and a secondary network device (also referred to as a source device and a target device).
  • a primary network device also referred to as a source device and a target device.
  • the operator can configure the E-UTRA base station and the NR base station to communicate with the UE during deployment, that is, the frequency of E-UTRA is used to transmit data, and the frequency of NR is also used to transmit data.
  • the throughput of the UE is improved.
  • the first capability information may not be carried in the NR container, for example, the first capability information may be carried in the MR-DC container, and the NR network device may add the secondary network device or the secondary network device When changing, the MR-DC container is parsed to obtain the first capability information.
  • step 404 For details, refer to step 404, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 808 the network device sends a command to add a secondary cell to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the command to add a secondary cell sent by the network device.
  • step 701 For details, refer to step 701, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device may determine whether there is a target secondary network device that meets the secondary cell change condition among the candidate target secondary network devices according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. If there is a device, go to step 906.
  • FIG. 10 it is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the system shown in Figure 1 and any of the scenarios in Figure 6a-6c, as shown in Figure 10, the method can include the following steps:
  • the first configuration message may also carry second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the bandwidth information on the frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device .
  • the UE Before the UE requests to use dual connectivity to increase throughput, the UE can enable inter-system measurement, for example, to measure the quality of NR network frequency points under the E-UTRA network.
  • the UE can report a measurement report (MeasurementReport) to the E-UTRA network device, and the measurement report includes the measurement result of the different-system cell/different-system frequency point.
  • the E-UTRA network device selects an appropriate cell under the network device of the different system as the secondary cell added to the UE according to the measurement result.
  • the UE while reporting the measurement report, the UE also reports the bandwidth supported by the UE on different system frequency points, wherein the frequency point belongs to one band. That is, the bandwidth supported by the UE in the first measurement information is the frequency point with better channel quality determined by the UE after measuring the different system cells/different system frequency points. Therefore, when the network device selects the target cell according to the first measurement information, It can be added to secondary cells with good channel quality more easily to improve the performance of dual connectivity.
  • the network device may send a secondary cell addition request or secondary node addition request, secondary cell change request, or secondary node change request to the target secondary network device.
  • Steps 1005 to 1008 are used as examples below to illustrate the scenario of adding a secondary cell.
  • the bandwidth information on the first frequency point includes at least one of the following:
  • the present application provides a communication device 1100 .
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may be a terminal device, or a component in the terminal device, such as a chip.
  • the communication device 1100 may include a processing module 1110 and a sending module 1120 .
  • a receiving module 1130 may also be included.
  • the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
  • the second indication field includes at least one of a second uplink indication field or a second downlink indication field, and the second uplink indication field is used to indicate the uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point; the second downlink indication The field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point.
  • the processing module 1210 is configured to determine, according to the first capability information, at least one frequency band corresponding to the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
  • the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band includes at least one of the following:
  • the throughput of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than a third preset threshold, and the measured values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device are greater than a fourth preset threshold.
  • the above means can be located in the signal processing part 1330, and the signal processing part 1330 can be realized by a chip, and the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute each step of any method performed by the above communication means, and the interface Circuits are used to communicate with other devices.
  • the unit that implements each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, for example, the device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored in the storage element to execute the above method embodiment.
  • the storage element may be a storage element on the same chip as the processing element, that is, an on-chip storage element.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method described in any method embodiment of the above-mentioned network device or terminal device.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus. When applied to a terminal device, the method may comprise: sending first capability information to a network device. The first capability information is used for indicating capabilities of first radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and the first capability information further comprises: frequency band information of second radio access technology supported by the terminal device. The frequency band information comprises: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each of the at least one frequency band so as to enable a network device which supports the first radio access technology to, when the first capability information is parsed, obtain the frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device and the bandwidth information on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device. Thus, the terminal device better accesses a network device of the second radio access technology by means of the network device which supports the first radio access technology.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求在2021年06月09日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110641980.3、申请名称为“一种能力上报方法、终端及网络设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2021年07月27日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110853138.6、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110641980.3 and the application title "A Capability Reporting Method, Terminal and Network Equipment" submitted to the China Patent Office on June 9, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in In this application; this application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on July 27, 2021, with the application number 202110853138.6, and the application name "a communication method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
用户设备(user equipment,UE)在接入某一网络之后,需要向基站以及核心网上报UE能力。UE能力通过专门的UE能力消息(UE CapabilityInformation)上报,UE能力消息中可以包含该UE在多种无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)中的能力。After accessing a certain network, a user equipment (user equipment, UE) needs to report UE capabilities to the base station and the core network. The UE capability is reported through a special UE Capability Information (UE CapabilityInformation), and the UE Capability message may include the capabilities of the UE in multiple radio access technologies (radio access technology, RAT).
目前,在UE进行小区或者基站切换或进行异系统的辅小区添加时,由于源网络设备无法解析UE支持的异系统的容器或能力,导致可能导致目标网络设备支持的带宽与UE支持的带宽并不匹配,从而拒绝UE的切换,导致了切换准备失败概率增加,为切换成功,还需重新切换或重新进行辅小区添加,导致带来了更大的时延,以及更大的信令开销。Currently, when the UE performs cell or base station handover or adds a secondary cell of a different system, because the source network device cannot resolve the container or capability of the different system supported by the UE, the bandwidth supported by the target network device may not be the same as the bandwidth supported by the UE. If they do not match, the handover of the UE is rejected, which increases the probability of handover preparation failure. In order for the handover to succeed, it is necessary to re-handover or re-add the secondary cell, resulting in greater time delay and greater signaling overhead.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用于提高异系统切换、辅小区添加或辅小区变更的成功率,降低信令开销。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which are used to improve the success rate of inter-system handover, secondary cell addition or secondary cell change, and reduce signaling overhead.
第一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于终端设备,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该方法包括:In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a terminal device, or a component in the terminal device, such as a chip. The method includes:
确定第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,所述第一能力信息还包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息;所述频段信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,所述第一无线接入技术与所述第二无线接入技术为不同的无线接入技术;向网络设备发送第一能力信息。Determining first capability information, where the first capability information is used to indicate the capability of the first wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and the first capability information further includes: a second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device Technology frequency band information; the frequency band information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band, the first wireless access technology The access technology is different from the second wireless access technology; and the first capability information is sent to the network device.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以在第一能力信息中上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息,即所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段上的带宽信息,因此,网络设备能够通过解析第一能力信息,例如,解析自身支持的第一无线接入技术对应的容器,获取终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽能力,有助于提高网络设备进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为的成功率。Through the above method, the terminal device can report the frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device in the first capability information, that is, the bandwidth of at least one frequency band of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device information, therefore, the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device by parsing the first capability information, for example, parsing the container corresponding to the first radio access technology supported by itself, which is helpful It is used to improve the success rate of the network equipment to prepare for inter-system handover or add secondary cells.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一能力信息携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information is carried in a container of the first wireless access technology or in capability information of the first wireless access technology of the terminal device.
通过上述方法,使得网络设备可以通过解析自身支持的第一无线接入技术对应的容器 或能力信息,获取终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽能力,有助于提高网络设备进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为的成功率。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability on the frequency band of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device by analyzing the container or capability information corresponding to the first wireless access technology supported by itself, which helps to improve the network device The success rate of inter-system handover preparation or secondary cell addition.
一种可能的实现方式,接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一能力信息中上报所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。A possible implementation manner is to receive first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report each frequency band in the at least one frequency band in the first capability information. Bandwidth information on the frequency band.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以基于网络设备的第一指示信息,确定在第一能力信息中上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段上的带宽信息,在未接收到该第一指示信息时,终端设备可以不在第一能力信息中上报所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,以节省上报信令的开销。Through the above method, the terminal device can determine, based on the first indication information of the network device, to report the bandwidth information of at least one frequency band of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device in the first capability information, and if the terminal device does not receive the In the first indication information, the terminal device may not report the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band in the first capability information, so as to save reporting signaling overhead.
一种可能的实现方式,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息携带在用户设备UE能力消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band is carried in a user equipment UE capability message.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以通过多种方式获得所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽信息,提高灵活性。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth information on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device in multiple ways, thereby improving flexibility.
一种可能的实现方式,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band includes at least one of the following:
至少一个频段中每个频段上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以通过多种方式上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽信息,提高灵活性。Through the above method, the terminal device can report the bandwidth information on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device in various ways, thereby improving flexibility.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一能力信息包括:第一指示字段。In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information includes: a first indication field.
所述第一指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的至少一个带宽信息;The first indication field is used to indicate at least one bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括第一上行指示字段或第一下行指示字段中的至少一项,第一上行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的上行带宽信息;第一下行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one of a first uplink indication field or a first downlink indication field, and the first uplink indication field is used to indicate uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band ; The first downlink indication field is used to indicate downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以通过多种方式上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽信息,提高灵活性。Through the above method, the terminal device can report the bandwidth information on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device in various ways, thereby improving flexibility.
一种可能的实现方式,向所述网络设备发送UE能力信息,所述UE能力信息包括所述第一能力信息和第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无 线接入技术的能力,所述第二能力信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。A possible implementation manner is to send UE capability information to the network device, where the UE capability information includes the first capability information and second capability information, and the second capability information is used to indicate the UE capability information supported by the terminal device. The capability of the second radio access technology, where the second capability information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band .
通过上述方法,终端设备还可以通过UE能力信息同时上报第一能力信息和第二能力信息,以适应支持第二无线接入技术的网络设备解析终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的能力,提高终端设备上报能力的通用性。Through the above method, the terminal device can also report the first capability information and the second capability information at the same time through the UE capability information, so as to adapt to the ability of the network device supporting the second radio access technology to analyze the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, Improve the versatility of the reporting capability of terminal equipment.
一种可能的实现方式,所述频段信息用于向目标网络设备发送请求消息;A possible implementation manner, the frequency band information is used to send a request message to the target network device;
其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接;所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的所述第一频点上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的所述第一频点的初始带宽部分的带宽。Wherein, the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a communication connection with the target network device; the channel bandwidth of the first frequency point supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the channel bandwidth supported by the target network device. The carrier bandwidth on the first frequency point is greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency point supported by the target network device.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以基于第一能力信息中的:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段的带宽信息或所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点的带宽信息,生成请求消息,以进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为,从而,有效提高了网络设备进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为的成功率。Through the above method, the network device may be based on the first capability information: the bandwidth information of the frequency band of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device or the bandwidth of the frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device information to generate a request message to prepare for inter-system handover or add a secondary cell, thereby effectively improving the success rate of the network device for inter-system handover preparation or addition of a secondary cell.
一种可能的实现方式,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求消息或辅节点变更请求消息。在该方式下,终端设备上报第一无线接入能力,可以用于更多的场景,提高终端设备上报第一无线接入能力的可适用性。In a possible implementation manner, the request message is any one of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message. In this manner, the terminal device reports the first wireless access capability, which can be used in more scenarios, and the applicability of the terminal device to report the first wireless access capability is improved.
第二方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,应用于网络设备,或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,该方法包括:接收来自终端设备的第一能力信息;所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,所述第一能力信息还包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息;所述频段信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,所述第一无线接入技术与所述第二无线接入技术为不同的无线接入技术;根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In a second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a network device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip. The method includes: receiving first capability information from a terminal device; the first capability information is used to indicate The capability of the first wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, the first capability information further includes: frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device; the frequency band information includes: the terminal device At least one frequency band corresponding to the supported second radio access technology, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band, the first radio access technology is different from the second radio access technology Radio access technology: determining at least one frequency band corresponding to a second radio access technology supported by the terminal device and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band according to the first capability information.
通过上述方法,网络设备能够通过解析第一能力信息,例如,解析自身支持的第一无线接入技术对应的容器,获取终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽能力,有助于提高网络设备进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为的成功率。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device by parsing the first capability information, for example, parsing the container corresponding to the first radio access technology supported by itself, which is helpful It is used to improve the success rate of the network equipment to prepare for inter-system handover or add secondary cells.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一能力信息携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information is carried in a container of the first wireless access technology or in capability information of the first wireless access technology of the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一能力信息中上报所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report in the first capability information the bandwidth information.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以在切换异系统或异系统的辅小区添加之前,可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,在终端设备未接收到第一指示信息时,可以不上报所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,以节省终端设备上报信令的开销。Through the above method, the network device can send the first indication information to the terminal device before switching to a different system or adding a secondary cell of a different system, and when the terminal device does not receive the first indication information, it is not necessary to report the at least one frequency band Bandwidth information on each frequency band in , so as to save the overhead of terminal equipment reporting signaling.
一种可能的实现方式,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息携带在用户设备UE能力消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band is carried in a user equipment UE capability message.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以在更早的时间获得频段信息,例如,在终端对小区的参考信号进行测量前,获得频段信息,提高小区切换、辅小区添加或辅小区变更的效果。另外,还可以有助于网络设备为终端设备配置测量的频点时,选择终端设备支持的频段内的 频点,提升终端设备的测量效率,降低测量的开销。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the frequency band information at an earlier time, for example, before the terminal measures the reference signal of the cell, obtain the frequency band information, and improve the effect of cell handover, secondary cell addition or secondary cell change. In addition, it can also help the network device to select the frequency point in the frequency band supported by the terminal device when configuring the frequency point for measurement for the terminal device, so as to improve the measurement efficiency of the terminal device and reduce the measurement overhead.
一种可能的实现方式,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band includes at least one of the following:
至少一个频段中每个频段上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以通过多种方式获得频段信息,即所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段上的带宽信息,提高灵活性。Through the above method, the network device can obtain frequency band information in multiple ways, that is, bandwidth information on at least one frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, thereby improving flexibility.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一能力信息包括:第一指示字段。In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information includes: a first indication field.
其中,所述第一指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的至少一个带宽信息;Wherein, the first indication field is used to indicate at least one bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括第一上行指示字段或第一下行指示字段中的至少一项,第一上行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的上行带宽信息;第一下行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one of a first uplink indication field or a first downlink indication field, and the first uplink indication field is used to indicate uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band ; The first downlink indication field is used to indicate downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,接收来自终端设备的UE能力信息,所述UE能力信息包括所述第一能力信息和第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的能力,所述第二能力信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。A possible implementation manner is to receive UE capability information from a terminal device, where the UE capability information includes the first capability information and second capability information, and the second capability information is used to indicate the first capability information supported by the terminal device. Capabilities of two radio access technologies, the second capability information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
通过上述方法,网络设备还可以接收终端设备上报的第二能力信息,在网络设备支持第二无线接入技术时,可以通过解析第二能力信息,获得终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的能力,提高终端设备上报能力的通用性,提高信令的兼容性。Through the above method, the network device can also receive the second capability information reported by the terminal device, and when the network device supports the second wireless access technology, it can obtain the information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device by parsing the second capability information. capabilities, improve the versatility of terminal equipment reporting capabilities, and improve signaling compatibility.
一种可能的实现方式,根据所述频段信息,向目标网络设备发送请求消息;其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接;所述终端设备支持的第一频段的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段的初始带宽部分的带宽,所述第一频段为所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段中的一个。In a possible implementation manner, a request message is sent to the target network device according to the frequency band information; wherein the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a communication connection with the target network device; the terminal device supports The channel bandwidth of the first frequency band is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth on the first frequency band supported by the target network device, and greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency band supported by the target network device, the first frequency band It is one of at least one frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求消息或辅节点变更请求消息。In a possible implementation manner, the request message is any one of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以基于第一能力信息中的所述频段信息,生成请求消息, 以进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为,从而,有效提高了网络设备进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为的成功率。Through the above method, the network device can generate a request message based on the frequency band information in the first capability information, so as to perform actions such as inter-system handover preparation or secondary cell addition, thereby effectively improving the network device's inter-system handover preparation. or the success rate of actions such as adding a secondary cell.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的服务小区的参考信号测量值小于第一预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第二预设阈值,所述第一预设阈值小于或等于所述第二预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个。In a possible implementation manner, the reference signal measurement value of the serving cell of the terminal device is smaller than a first preset threshold, and the reference signal measurement value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is greater than the second A preset threshold, the first preset threshold is less than or equal to the second preset threshold, and the cell of the target network device is one of the other cells.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以确定触发小区切换,提升终端设备的传输性能。Through the above method, the network device can determine to trigger cell handover to improve the transmission performance of the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的服务小区的吞吐量小于第三预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第四预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个;In a possible implementation manner, the throughput of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than a third preset threshold, and the reference signal measurement values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device are greater than a fourth preset a threshold, the cell of the target network device is one of the other cells;
或者,所述终端设备的辅小区的参考信号测量值小于第五预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第六预设阈值,所述第五预设阈值小于或等于所述第六预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个。Or, the reference signal measurement value of the secondary cell of the terminal device is less than the fifth preset threshold, and the reference signal measurement value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is greater than the sixth preset threshold, so The fifth preset threshold is less than or equal to the sixth preset threshold, and the cell of the target network device is one of the other cells.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以确定触发辅小区添加或辅小区变更,提升终端设备的传输性能和吞吐量。Through the above method, the network device can determine to trigger the addition of the secondary cell or the change of the secondary cell, so as to improve the transmission performance and throughput of the terminal device.
第三方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,应用于终端设备,该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的第一配置消息;所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:第二无线接入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备;向网络设备发送第一测量信息,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication method applied to a terminal device, the method comprising: receiving a first configuration message from a network device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring a second wireless access technology , the first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second radio access technology, the network device is a network device supporting the first radio access technology; sending first measurement information to the network device, the first measurement The information is used to indicate the first frequency point information, the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and the bandwidth information on the first frequency point supported by the terminal device, and the first frequency point information is Frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以在第一测量信息中上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点信息和所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息,例如,该频点信息可以是终端设备选择通信质量比较好的频点,发送给网络设备的,因此,网络设备可以基于第一测量信息,获得终端设备选择过的频点上的带宽信息,有助于提高网络设备进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为的成功率和接入后的通信性能。Through the above method, the terminal device can report the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device and the bandwidth information on the frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device in the first measurement information For example, the frequency point information may be sent to the network device by the terminal device selecting a frequency point with relatively good communication quality. Therefore, the network device may obtain bandwidth information on the frequency point selected by the terminal device based on the first measurement information, It is helpful to improve the success rate of the network equipment for the handover preparation of different systems or the addition of secondary cells and the communication performance after access.
第四方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,应用于网络设备,该方法包括:向终端设备发送第一配置消息;所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备;接收来自终端设备的第一测量信息,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a network device, and the method includes: sending a first configuration message to a terminal device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring a second wireless access technology, The first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second wireless access technology, the network device is a network device supporting the first wireless access technology; receiving first measurement information from a terminal device, the first The measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, where the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and bandwidth information on the first frequency point supported by the terminal device, and the first frequency point The information is frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
通过上述方法网络设备可以基于第一测量信息,获得终端设备选择过的频点上的带宽信息,例如,该频点信息可以是终端设备选择通信质量比较好的频点,有助于提高网络设备进行异系统的切换准备或辅小区添加等行为的成功率和接入后的通信性能。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth information on the frequency point selected by the terminal device based on the first measurement information. The success rate of inter-system handover preparation or secondary cell addition and communication performance after access.
结合第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息为:参考信号测量值大于预设值的频点。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the frequency point information that satisfies the preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology is: the frequency point whose reference signal measurement value is greater than the preset value .
通过上述方法,终端设备可以根据参考信号测量值大于预设值,将终端设备选择通信质量比较好的频点,发送给网络设备,提升切换小区、辅小区添加或辅小区变更的性能。Through the above method, the terminal device can select a frequency point with better communication quality for the terminal device according to the reference signal measurement value being greater than the preset value, and send it to the network device, so as to improve the performance of switching cells, adding secondary cells, or changing secondary cells.
结合第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,所述第一配置消息包括第二指示信 息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first configuration message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second Bandwidth information on the frequency point of the wireless access technology.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以在接收到第二指示信息后,向网络设备发送第二指示信息,以节省信令开销。Through the above method, after receiving the second indication information, the terminal device can send the second indication information to the network device, so as to save signaling overhead.
结合第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,所述第一频点上的带宽信息携带在以下任一消息中:测量报告、UE辅助信息。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point is carried in any of the following messages: measurement report, UE assistance information.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以灵活的上报第一频点信息,提升灵活性。Through the foregoing method, the terminal device can flexibly report the information of the first frequency point, thereby improving flexibility.
结合第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,所述第一频点上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point includes at least one of the following:
所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以通过多种方式获得第一频点信息,即所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的第一频点上的带宽信息,提高灵活性。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the first frequency point information in multiple ways, that is, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, thereby improving flexibility.
结合第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,所述第一测量信息包括:第二指示字段。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first measurement information includes: a second indication field.
所述第二指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的至少一个带宽信息;The second indication field is used to indicate at least one piece of bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括第二上行指示字段或第二下行指示字段中的至少一项,第二上行指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;第二下行指示字段用于指示所述终所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one of a second uplink indication field or a second downlink indication field, and the second uplink indication field is used to indicate the uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point; the second downlink indication The field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以通过多种方式获得第一频点信息,即所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的第一频点上的带宽信息,提高灵活性。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the first frequency point information in multiple ways, that is, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, thereby improving flexibility.
结合第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,根据所述第一频点信息,向目标网络设备发送请求消息;其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接,所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的所述第一频点上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的所述第一频点的初始带宽部分的带宽。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, a request message is sent to the target network device according to the first frequency point information; wherein the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish communication with the target network device connection, the channel bandwidth of the first frequency point supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency point supported by the target network device, and greater than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency point supported by the target network device The bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency point.
结合第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求消息或辅节点变更请求消息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the request message is any of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以根据频点信息与目标网络设备的带宽匹配,提升小区切换或辅小区添加、辅小区变更的成功率。Through the above method, the network device can match the bandwidth of the target network device according to the frequency point information, and improve the success rate of cell handover or secondary cell addition and secondary cell change.
结合第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的服务小区的参考信号测量值小于第一预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值 大于第二预设阈值,所述第一预设阈值小于或等于所述第二预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the reference signal measurement value of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than a first preset threshold, and the reference signal of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device The measured value is greater than a second preset threshold, the first preset threshold is less than or equal to the second preset threshold, and the cell of the target network device is one of the other cells.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以确定触发小区切换,提升终端设备的传输性能。Through the above method, the network device can determine to trigger cell handover to improve the transmission performance of the terminal device.
结合第四方面,一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的服务小区的吞吐量小于第三预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第四预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个;With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the throughput of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than a third preset threshold, and the reference signal measurement value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is greater than a fourth preset threshold, the cell of the target network device is one of the other cells;
或者,所述终端设备的辅小区的参考信号测量值小于第五预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第六预设阈值,所述第五预设阈值小于或等于所述第六预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个。Or, the reference signal measurement value of the secondary cell of the terminal device is less than the fifth preset threshold, and the reference signal measurement value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is greater than the sixth preset threshold, so The fifth preset threshold is less than or equal to the sixth preset threshold, and the cell of the target network device is one of the other cells.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以确定触发辅小区添加或辅小区变更,提升终端设备的传输性能和吞吐量。Through the above method, the network device can determine to trigger the addition of the secondary cell or the change of the secondary cell, so as to improve the transmission performance and throughput of the terminal device.
第五方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。所述通信装置可以为上述第一至第二方面中的任意一方面所述的终端设备,所述终端设备例如为用户设备,或为用户设备中的基带装置。一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理模块(有时也称为处理单元)和发送模块、接收模块(有时也称为收发模块、收发单元,接收单元和发送单元)。收发模块的实现方式可参考第一方面或第三方面的介绍。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal device, or a component in the terminal device, such as a chip. The communication device may be the terminal device described in any one of the first to second aspects above, and the terminal device is, for example, user equipment, or a baseband device in the user equipment. In an optional implementation manner, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another optional implementation manner, the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also called a processing unit), a sending module, and a receiving module (sometimes also called a transceiver module, a transceiver unit, a receiving unit, and a sending unit). For the implementation of the transceiver module, refer to the introduction of the first aspect or the third aspect.
该装置可以包括处理模块、发送模块。可选的,该装置还可以包括接收模块。该装置可以执行上述第一方面或第三方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。The device may include a processing module and a sending module. Optionally, the device may also include a receiving module. The device may execute any of the implementation methods of the first aspect or the third aspect.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括存储模块,所述处理模块用于与所述存储模块耦合,并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令,使能所述通信装置执行上述第一方面或第三方面中的任意一方面所述的终端设备的功能。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device further includes a storage module, the processing module is configured to be coupled to the storage module, and execute programs or instructions in the storage unit to enable the communication device to Execute the function of the terminal device described in any one of the first aspect or the third aspect.
第六方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为网络设备,或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片。该装置可以包括处理模块、接收模块。可选的,该装置还可以包括发送模块。该装置可以执行上述第二方面或第四方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。所述网络设备例如为基站,或为基站中的基带装置。一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理模块(有时也称为处理单元)和发送模块、接收模块(有时也称为收发模块、收发单元,接收单元和发送单元)。收发单元的实现方式可参考第二方面或第四方面的介绍。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a network device, or a component in the network device, such as a chip. The device may include a processing module and a receiving module. Optionally, the device may also include a sending module. The device may execute any of the implementation methods of the second aspect or the fourth aspect. The network equipment is, for example, a base station, or a baseband device in a base station. In an optional implementation manner, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another optional implementation manner, the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also called a processing unit), a sending module, and a receiving module (sometimes also called a transceiver module, a transceiver unit, a receiving unit, and a sending unit). For the implementation of the transceiver unit, refer to the introduction of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括存储模块,所述处理模块用于与所述存储模块耦合,并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令,使能所述通信装置执行上述第二方面或第四方面中的任意一方面所述的网络设备的功能。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device further includes a storage module, the processing module is configured to be coupled to the storage module, and execute programs or instructions in the storage unit to enable the communication device to Execute the function of the network device described in any one of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
第七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第一方面或第三方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device Execute any method in the implementation methods of the first aspect or the third aspect above.
第八方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第二方面或第四方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device Execute any method in the implementation methods of the second aspect or the fourth aspect above.
第九方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面各实现 方法中的任意方法。In the ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the computer executes each of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects. Implement any of the methods.
第十方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机产品包括计算机程序,当计算机程序运行时,使得上述第一方面至第四方面的各实现方法中的任意方法被执行。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, the computer product includes a computer program, and when the computer program is run, any method in the implementation methods of the first aspect to the fourth aspect above is executed.
第十一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,用于执行上述第一方面至第四方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。In an eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: a processor, configured to execute any of the implementation methods of the first aspect to the fourth aspect above.
第十二方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括如第五方面或第七方面,和包括如第六方面或第八方面。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including the fifth aspect or the seventh aspect, and including the sixth aspect or the eighth aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请适用的一种系统架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture applicable to the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种小区切换的场景示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a cell handover scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的一种双连接场景示意图;FIG. 6a is a schematic diagram of a dual connection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的另一种双连接场景示意图;FIG. 6b is a schematic diagram of another dual connection scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6c为本申请实施例提供的另一种多连接场景示意图;FIG. 6c is a schematic diagram of another multi-connection scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置所对应的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置所对应的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置所对应的结构示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
以下,先对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms used in this application will be explained first, so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,智能穿戴式设备等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification, RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1) Terminal equipment, including equipment that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, for example, may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment, wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote station (remote station), Access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. . For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket, hand-held, computer built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, smart wearable devices, and the like. For example, personal communication service (personal communication service, PCS) telephone, cordless telephone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), and other equipment. Also includes constrained devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities, etc. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (radio frequency identification, RFID), sensors, global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing devices.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
2)网络设备,例如包括基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。2) A network device, for example including a base station (eg, an access point), may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells through an air interface. Network devices may be used to convert received over-the-air frames to and from Internet Protocol (IP) packets, acting as routers between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, which may include the IP network. The network device can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It may also include the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB) in the fifth generation mobile communication technology (fifth generation, 5G) new radio (new radio, NR) system or may also include the cloud access network (cloud radio access The centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and the distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in the network (CloudRAN) system are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
3)载波聚合,载波聚合是指网络设备为一个终端设备配置多个载波,终端设备和网络设备利用多个载波共同进行数据传输的技术。多个载波中一般包括一个主载波(primary carrier component,PCC)、一个或多个辅载波(secondary carrier component,SCC)。工作在主载波的小区为主载波小区(primary carrier cell,PCell),PCell是终端初始接入时的小区,PCell所在基站负责与终端之间进行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)通信。工作在辅载波的小区为辅载波小区(secondary carrier cell,SCell),SCell可以为终端提供额外的无线资源。3) Carrier aggregation. Carrier aggregation refers to a technology in which a network device configures multiple carriers for a terminal device, and the terminal device and network device use multiple carriers to jointly transmit data. The multiple carriers generally include a primary carrier component (PCC) and one or more secondary carrier components (SCC). The cell working on the primary carrier is the primary carrier cell (PCell), the PCell is the cell when the terminal initially accesses, and the base station where the PCell is located is responsible for radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) communication with the terminal. The cell working on the secondary carrier is a secondary carrier cell (SCell), and the SCell can provide additional radio resources for the terminal.
4)双连接(dual connectivity,DC),双连接是指终端设备同时与至少两个网络设备建立并保持通信连接,使用该至少两个网络设备提供的无线资源进行数据传输的技术。该至少两个网络设备通过非理想回程链路相连,并且可以是支持不同的接入技术的网络设备。在双连接下包括两个小区组,分别是主小区组(master cell group,MCG)和辅小区组(secondary cell group,SCG),MCG和SCG均可包括一个主小区和一个或多个辅小区。相应地,至少两个网络设备中负责管理MCG的网络设备为主网络设备,用于提供终端设备与核心网之间的控制面连接,负责管理SCG的网络设备为辅网络设备,用于为终端提供额外的无线资源。4) Dual connectivity (DC), dual connectivity refers to a technology in which a terminal device establishes and maintains a communication connection with at least two network devices at the same time, and uses the wireless resources provided by the at least two network devices for data transmission. The at least two network devices are connected through a non-ideal backhaul link, and may be network devices supporting different access technologies. Under dual connectivity, two cell groups are included, namely the master cell group (MCG) and the secondary cell group (SCG). Both MCG and SCG can include a primary cell and one or more secondary cells. . Correspondingly, among the at least two network devices, the network device responsible for managing the MCG is the main network device, which is used to provide the control plane connection between the terminal device and the core network, and the network device responsible for managing the SCG is a secondary network device, which is used for the terminal Provide additional wireless resources.
5)异系统切换,异系统切换是指终端设备在两种不同通信制式的网络之间进行的切换,例如,终端设备从原来接入的LTE网络的小区切换到5G网络的小区,或者也可以从原来接入的5G网络的小区切换到LTE网络的小区等。5) Inter-system handover, inter-system handover refers to the handover of a terminal device between two networks of different communication standards. Handover from the originally accessed 5G network cell to the LTE network cell, etc.
6)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多条”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多条”理解为“至少两条”。“至少两条”,可以理解为两 条或更多条,例如理解为两条、三条或更多条。“至少一条”,可理解为一条或多条,例如理解为一条、两条或更多条。同理,对于“多个”等描述的理解,也是类似的。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。6) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably. "Multiple items" means two or more, in view of this, "multiple items" can also be understood as "at least two items" in the embodiments of the present application. "At least two" can be understood as two or more, such as two, three or more. "At least one" can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. In the same way, the understanding of descriptions such as "multiple" is similar. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
在下文的描述中,除非有相反的说明,“第一”、“第二”等序数词,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。In the following description, unless otherwise stated, ordinal numerals such as "first" and "second" are only used to distinguish the purpose of description, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance, nor as indicating or Suggested order.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于5G系统、演进的长期演进(advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统等。此外,该技术方案还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术。应理解,本申请实施例描述的网络结构是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题同样适用。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G system, an evolved long term evolution (advanced long term evolution, LTE-A) system, and the like. In addition, the technical solution can also be applied to future-oriented communication technologies. It should be understood that the network structure described in the embodiments of the present application is to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. For the evolution of the architecture, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
图1示例性示出了本申请实施例的一种应用场景,图1包括接入网设备、核心网设备和UE。该接入网设备例如工作在演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)系统中,或者工作在NR系统中,或者工作在下一代通信系统或其他通信系统中。该接入网设备例如为基站。其中,接入网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在4G系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应5G中的接入网设备,例如gNB。当然本申请实施例所提供的技术方案也可以应用于未来的移动通信系统中,因此图1中的接入网设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的网络设备。图1以接入网设备是基站为例,实际上参考前文的介绍,接入网设备还可以是RSU等设备。另外,图1中的UE以手机为例,实际上根据前文对于UE的介绍可知,本申请实施例的UE不限于手机。Fig. 1 exemplarily shows an application scenario of the embodiment of the present application, and Fig. 1 includes an access network device, a core network device and a UE. The access network equipment, for example, works in the evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) system, or works in the NR system, or works in the next generation communication system or other communication systems middle. The access network device is, for example, a base station. Wherein, the access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in the 4G system, it may correspond to eNB, and in the 5G system, it may correspond to the access network equipment in 5G, such as gNB. Of course, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the access network equipment in FIG. 1 can also correspond to network equipment in future mobile communication systems. Figure 1 takes the access network device as a base station as an example. In fact, referring to the introduction above, the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU. In addition, the UE in FIG. 1 is a mobile phone as an example. In fact, according to the introduction of the UE above, it can be seen that the UE in this embodiment of the present application is not limited to the mobile phone.
另外,为了便于介绍,后文将要介绍的各个实施例均以应用在图1所示的架构为例。例如,后文的各个实施例所述的接入网设备例如为图1所示的网络架构中的接入网设备,后文的各个实施例所述的核心网设备例如为图1所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,后文的各个实施例所述的UE可以是图1所示的网络架构中的UE。且后文的各个实施例所述的核心网设备,例如为AMF,或者也可以是其他的位于核心网侧的设备。In addition, for ease of introduction, the various embodiments to be introduced later take the architecture shown in FIG. 1 as an example. For example, the access network equipment described in the various embodiments below is, for example, the access network equipment in the network architecture shown in Figure 1, and the core network equipment described in the various embodiments below is, for example, the network architecture shown in Figure 1 The core network equipment in the network architecture, and the UE described in the following embodiments may be the UE in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 . Moreover, the core network device described in each of the following embodiments is, for example, an AMF, or may also be other devices located on the core network side.
下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。The application will be described in further detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例可以应用于各种移动通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、演进的长期演进(evolved Long Term Evolution,eLTE)系统、5G系统(例如NR系统),以及未来的通信系统(例如6G系统)等其它移动通信系统。Embodiments of the present application can be applied to various mobile communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, Advanced long term evolution (Advanced long term evolution, LTE-A) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication system (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, UMTS), evolved Long Term Evolution (eLTE) system, 5G system (such as NR system), and other mobile communication systems such as future communication systems (such as 6G system).
场景一scene one
本申请实施例的应用场景可以是终端设备进行小区切换的场景。参见图2,为一种小区切换的场景示意图。如图2所示,该场景中包括至少两个网络设备230、231(图2中是以两个为例示出,但本申请实施例对此不做限定)和至少一个终端设备101(图2中是以一个为例示出的,本申请对此也不做限定)。其中,网络设备230、231可以是图1中的接入网设备。The application scenario of this embodiment of the present application may be a scenario where a terminal device performs cell handover. Referring to FIG. 2 , it is a schematic diagram of a cell handover scenario. As shown in Figure 2, this scene includes at least two network devices 230, 231 (two are shown as an example in Figure 2, but this embodiment of the present application does not limit this) and at least one terminal device 101 (Figure 2 One is shown as an example, and this application does not limit it). Wherein, the network devices 230 and 231 may be the access network devices in FIG. 1 .
UE会在不同网络设备的覆盖下移动,当UE从一个网络设备的覆盖下移动到另一个网络设备的覆盖下,则源网络设备可以向目标网络设备发起该UE的切换过程。The UE will move under the coverage of different network devices. When the UE moves from the coverage of one network device to the coverage of another network device, the source network device can initiate the handover process of the UE to the target network device.
UE在切换之前,例如,UE在与网络设备建立连接后,可以向网络设备(例如,接入网设备以及核心网)上报UE的能力。例如,UE在完成RRC连接建立过程后,可以通过UE能力消息(UECapabilityInformation),向网络设备上报UE的能力。UE的能力可以包括至少一种无线接入技术的能力。Before the handover, for example, after the UE establishes a connection with the network device, the UE may report the capability of the UE to the network device (for example, the access network device and the core network). For example, after completing the RRC connection establishment process, the UE may report the UE capability to the network device through a UE capability message (UECapabilityInformation). The capabilities of the UE may include the capabilities of at least one radio access technology.
以源网络设备为E-UTRA网络设备为例,UE在EUTRA无线接入技术中的能力可以通过EUTRA容器(EUTRA container/UE-EUTRA-Capability)携带。EUTRA容器可以包括UE支持的eutra能力信息。在eutra能力信息中,可以包括UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的eutra带宽信息。UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的带宽信息可以包括:UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)、UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)的带宽。Taking the source network device as an example of an E-UTRA network device, the capability of the UE in the EUTRA radio access technology can be carried by the EUTRA container (EUTRA container/UE-EUTRA-Capability). The EUTRA container may include EUTRA capability information supported by the UE. The eutra capability information may include eutra bandwidth information supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology. The bandwidth information supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology may include: the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology, the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology, The bandwidth of the frequency band (band) supported by the input technology.
另外,UE还可以上报UE在NR无线接入技术中的能力,UE在NR无线接入技术中的能力NR容器(NR container/UE-NR-Capability)携带。NR容器可以包括UE支持的nr能力信息。在nr能力信息中,可以包括UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的nr带宽信息。UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的带宽信息可以包括:UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)、UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)的带宽。In addition, the UE can also report the capability of the UE in the NR radio access technology, which is carried in the NR container (NR container/UE-NR-Capability) of the UE in the NR radio access technology. The NR container may include nr capability information supported by the UE. The nr capability information may include nr bandwidth information supported by the UE under the NR radio access technology. The bandwidth information supported by the UE under the NR radio access technology may include: the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the NR radio access technology, and the bandwidth of the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the NR radio access technology.
但是,EUTRA网络设备只要求解析EUTRA容器或EUTRA能力,因此,EUTRA网络设备无法解析NR容器或NR能力,进而,EUTRA网络设备无法基于NR容器或NR能力,获取到UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)及UE在无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)的带宽。However, the EUTRA network device only needs to parse the EUTRA container or EUTRA capability. Therefore, the EUTRA network device cannot parse the NR container or NR capability. Furthermore, the EUTRA network device cannot obtain the UE's NR radio access technology based on the NR container or NR capability. The supported frequency band (band) and the bandwidth of the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the radio access technology.
为支持异系统切换,UE在上报UE能力消息时,还可以在EUTRA容器中,上报UE支持的NR无线接入技术的频段,使得源网络设备230可以解析EUTRA容器,以获得UE支持的NR无线接入技术的频段后,根据UE支持的NR无线接入技术的频段,选择目标网络设备。In order to support inter-system handover, when the UE reports the UE capability message, it can also report the frequency band of the NR radio access technology supported by the UE in the EUTRA container, so that the source network device 230 can parse the EUTRA container to obtain the NR wireless access technology supported by the UE. After accessing the frequency band of the technology, select the target network device according to the frequency band of the NR radio access technology supported by the UE.
在切换阶段时,终端设备101将从源网络设备230切换至目标网络设备231。During the handover phase, the terminal device 101 will switch from the source network device 230 to the target network device 231 .
以目标网络设备为NR网络设备为例,在源网络设备解析EUTRA容器,获得UE支持的NR无线接入技术的频段后,源网络设备可以根据UE支持的NR频段,选择支持该频段的NR网络设备作为目标网络设备。例如,UE支持的NR频段为n77,则源网络设备可以选择支持n77的目标网络设备作为目标网络设备,并向该目标网络设备发起切换请求。Taking the target network device as an NR network device as an example, after the source network device parses the EUTRA container and obtains the frequency band of the NR wireless access technology supported by the UE, the source network device can select the NR network that supports this frequency band according to the NR frequency band supported by the UE device as the target network device. For example, if the NR frequency band supported by the UE is n77, the source network device may select a target network device supporting n77 as the target network device, and initiate a handover request to the target network device.
目标网络设备接收到该切换请求后,可以对UE的能力进行验证,确定是否允许UE接入该目标网络设备。例如,UE支持的NR频段为n77,UE支持的NR带宽为100MHz,此时,若目标网络设备支持n77,但是,目标网络设备的小区支持带宽为80MHz,则UE无法接入该目标网络设备。After receiving the handover request, the target network device may verify the capabilities of the UE, and determine whether the UE is allowed to access the target network device. For example, the NR frequency band supported by the UE is n77, and the NR bandwidth supported by the UE is 100MHz. At this time, if the target network device supports n77, but the cell support bandwidth of the target network device is 80MHz, the UE cannot access the target network device.
在源网络设备为NR网络设备、目标网络设备为EUTRA网络设备的场景中,也可能存在类似的问题。源网络设备通过解析NR容器或NR能力,只能获得UE支持的EUTRA无线接入技术的频段,源网络设备(NR网络设备)根据UE支持的EUTRA无线接入技术的频段,确定的UE将要切换到的目标EUTRA网络设备,可能导致目标EUTRA网络设备支持的EUTRA带宽与UE支持的EUTRA带宽并不匹配,从而拒绝UE的切换。In a scenario where the source network device is an NR network device and the target network device is an EUTRA network device, similar problems may also exist. The source network device can only obtain the frequency band of the EUTRA radio access technology supported by the UE by analyzing the NR container or NR capability. The source network device (NR network device) determines that the UE will switch according to the frequency band of the EUTRA radio access technology supported by the UE. If the target EUTRA network device arrives, the EUTRA bandwidth supported by the target EUTRA network device may not match the EUTRA bandwidth supported by the UE, thereby rejecting the handover of the UE.
综上,由于源网络设备无法解析UE支持的异系统的容器或能力,源网络设备通过解析UE支持的同系统的容器或能力,只能获得UE支持的异系统频段,而不能确定在该异系统频段上支持的带宽。因此,源网络设备根据UE支持的异系统频段确定的UE将要切 换到的目标网络设备,可能导致目标网络设备支持的带宽与UE支持的带宽并不匹配,从而拒绝UE的切换,导致了切换准备失败概率增加,为切换成功,还需重新切换,导致带来了更大的切换时延,以及更大的信令开销。In summary, since the source network device cannot resolve the container or capability of the different system supported by the UE, the source network device can only obtain the frequency band of the different system supported by the UE by analyzing the container or capability of the same system supported by the UE, but cannot determine the frequency band of the different system supported by the UE. The supported bandwidth on the system band. Therefore, the source network device determines the target network device to which the UE will switch to based on the different system frequency bands supported by the UE, which may cause the bandwidth supported by the target network device to not match the bandwidth supported by the UE, thereby rejecting the handover of the UE, resulting in handover preparation The probability of failure increases, and in order for the handover to succeed, a new handover is required, resulting in greater handover delay and greater signaling overhead.
示例一example one
基于上述问题,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法。该方法可以应用于如图1的系统架构及图2中的切换场景所示的系统中,如图3所示,该方法可以包括如下步骤:Based on the foregoing problems, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. The method can be applied to the system architecture shown in Figure 1 and the switching scenario shown in Figure 2, as shown in Figure 3, the method can include the following steps:
步骤301:终端设备确定第一能力信息。Step 301: The terminal device determines first capability information.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备根据自身支持的能力,生成第一能力信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device generates the first capability information according to the capabilities supported by itself.
该步骤301中,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,第一能力信息还包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息;所述频段信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,所述第一无线接入技术与所述第二无线接入技术为不同的无线接入技术。In this step 301, the first capability information is used to indicate the capability of the first wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and the first capability information also includes: the frequency band of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device Information; the frequency band information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band, and the first wireless access technology It is a different radio access technology from the second radio access technology.
在一些实施例中,第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,其中,UE支持的第一无线接入技术的能力可以包括:分组数据汇聚协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,PDCP)参数、物理层参数、射频参数、测量参数等这些能力参数具体对应的能力,这些能力对应的能力信息可以包括频段组合(band combination)、基带处理能力(baseband processing capability)、支持的载波聚合带宽级别(ca-BandwidthClass)、调制编码方式(Modulation and Coding Scheme)等能力信息。上述能力参数或能力信息为示例的能力参数或能力信息,UE的能力信息可以包括上述能力参数中的一个或者多个、以及上述能力信息中的一个或者多个,具体完整的能力信息在此不赘述。本申请中,主要关注的是UE支持的第一无线接入技术的能力包括UE支持的第一无线接入技术的带宽信息。相应的,UE支持的其他无线接入技术的能力,例如,UE支持的第二无线接入技术的能力、UE支持的第三无线接入接收的能力信息包括的内容也可以参考该第一能力的内容,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the first capability information is used to indicate the capability of the first radio access technology supported by the terminal device, where the capability of the first radio access technology supported by the UE may include: packet data convergence protocol (Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) parameters, physical layer parameters, radio frequency parameters, measurement parameters and other specific capabilities corresponding to these capability parameters. The capability information corresponding to these capabilities may include frequency band combination, baseband processing capability, Supported carrier aggregation bandwidth class (ca-BandwidthClass), modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and Coding Scheme) and other capability information. The above capability parameters or capability information are example capability parameters or capability information, and the capability information of the UE may include one or more of the above capability parameters and one or more of the above capability information. The specific and complete capability information is not described here. repeat. In this application, the main concern is that the capability of the first radio access technology supported by the UE includes the bandwidth information of the first radio access technology supported by the UE. Correspondingly, the capabilities of other radio access technologies supported by the UE, for example, the capabilities of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, and the content included in the capability information of the third radio access supported by the UE may also refer to the first capability content will not be repeated here.
一种可能的方式,所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息可以为所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段(band),所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽信息可以是所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段(band)上的至少一个带宽。或者,所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息可以为所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段(band),所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽信息可以是所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段(band)上的至少一个带宽。In a possible manner, the frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device may be a frequency band (band) of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device The bandwidth information on the frequency band of the access technology may be at least one bandwidth on the frequency band (band) of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device. Alternatively, the frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device may be at least one frequency band (band) of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device The bandwidth information on the frequency band of the technology may be at least one bandwidth on at least one frequency band (band) of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,第一能力信息可以携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中发送给网络设备,以使支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备可以通过解析第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息,获得UE支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息。该频段信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In some embodiments, the first capability information may be carried in the container of the first radio access technology or the capability information of the first radio access technology of the terminal device and sent to the network device, so that the The network device may obtain the frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the UE by parsing the container of the first radio access technology or the capability information of the first radio access technology of the terminal device. The frequency band information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
例如,以第一无线接入技术为EUTRA无线接入技术,第二无线接入技术为NR无线接入技术为例,UE支持的第一无线接入技术的能力(第一能力信息),即UE在EUTRA无线接入技术中的能力,UE支持的EUTRA无线接入技术中的能力可以包括:UE支持的 EUTRA无线接入技术中的频段信息。UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段信息可以包括:UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)、UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)的带宽。该第一能力信息可以携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中。此时,该第一能力信息可以通过EUTRA容器(EUTRA container)或终端设备的EUTRA的能力信息(UE-EUTRA-Capability)中携带。For example, taking the EUTRA radio access technology as the first radio access technology and the NR radio access technology as the second radio access technology as an example, the capability (first capability information) of the first radio access technology supported by the UE is The capability of the UE in the EUTRA radio access technology, the capability of the EUTRA radio access technology supported by the UE may include: frequency band information in the EUTRA radio access technology supported by the UE. The frequency band information supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology may include: the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology, The bandwidth of the frequency band (band) supported by the input technology. The first capability information may be carried in the container of the first radio access technology or in the capability information of the first radio access technology of the terminal device. At this time, the first capability information may be carried in the EUTRA container (EUTRA container) or EUTRA capability information (UE-EUTRA-Capability) of the terminal device.
UE支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息,即UE支持的NR的频段信息,也可以通过EUTRA容器或终端设备的EUTRA的能力信息携带,以使支持EUTRA无线接入技术的网络设备可以通过解析EUTRA容器或终端设备的EUTRA的能力信息获得UE支持的第二无线接入接收的频段信息。此时,EUTRA容器中可以包括:UE在EUTRA无线接入技术中的能力,及UE在NR SA无线接入技术中支持的至少一个NR band,及UE在NR SA无线接入技术中支持的所述至少一个NR band中的每个NR band上的带宽。The frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, that is, the frequency band information of the NR supported by the UE, can also be carried in the EUTRA container or the EUTRA capability information of the terminal device, so that the network device supporting the EUTRA radio access technology can pass Analyzing the EUTRA container or the EUTRA capability information of the terminal device to obtain the frequency band information supported by the UE for receiving the second radio access. At this point, the EUTRA container may include: the UE's capabilities in the EUTRA radio access technology, at least one NR band supported by the UE in the NR SA radio access technology, and all the UE's supported NR SA radio access technologies The bandwidth on each NR band in at least one NR band.
UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的频段信息可以包括:UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)、UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)的带宽。该带宽可以理解为该NR band级别的带宽或该NR band下单载波支持的带宽。The frequency band information supported by the UE under the NR radio access technology may include: the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the NR radio access technology, and the bandwidth of the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the NR radio access technology. The bandwidth can be understood as the bandwidth of the NR band level or the bandwidth supported by a single carrier under the NR band.
NR无线接入技术下可能的频段可以包括:n77和n78,其中,n77对应的上行链路的工作频段为[3300,4200]MHz,n77对应的下行链路的工作频段为[3300,4200]MHz,n78对应的上行链路的工作频段为[3300,3800]MHz,n77对应的下行链路的工作频段为[3300,3800]MHz。Possible frequency bands under NR wireless access technology may include: n77 and n78, where the uplink working frequency band corresponding to n77 is [3300, 4200] MHz, and the downlink working frequency band corresponding to n77 is [3300, 4200] MHz, the working frequency band of the uplink corresponding to n78 is [3300, 3800] MHz, and the working frequency band of the downlink corresponding to n77 is [3300, 3800] MHz.
在不同频段内,网络设备或者UE支持的带宽可以有很多种,例如,5MHz,10MH,15MH,20MH,25MH,30MH,40MH,50MH,60MH,80MH,90MH,100MH,70MH,45MH,35MH,当然,还可能包括更多的带宽值,本申请不做限定。In different frequency bands, network equipment or UE can support many kinds of bandwidth, for example, 5MHz, 10MH, 15MH, 20MH, 25MH, 30MH, 40MH, 50MH, 60MH, 80MH, 90MH, 100MH, 70MH, 45MH, 35MH, of course , may also include more bandwidth values, which are not limited in this application.
再比如,以第一无线接入技术为NR无线接入技术,第二无线接入技术为EUTRA无线接入技术为例,UE支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,即UE在NR无线接入技术中的能力,该第一能力信息可以是携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中。此时,该第一能力信息可以通过NR容器(NR container)或终端设备的NR的能力信息(UE-NR-Capability)携带。UE支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息,即UE支持的EUTRA的频段信息,也可以通过NR容器或终端设备的NR的能力信息携带,以使支持NR无线接入技术的网络设备可以通过解析NR容器或终端设备的NR的能力信息获得UE支持的EUTRA无线接入接收的频段信息。此时,NR容器或终端设备的NR的能力信息中可以包括:UE在NR无线接入技术中的能力,及UE在EUTRA无线接入技术中支持的至少一个EUTRA band,及UE在EUTRA无线接入技术中支持的所述至少一个EUTRA band中的每个EUTRA band上的带宽。UE支持的NR无线接入技术中的能力可以包括:UE支持的EUTRA无线接入技术中的频段信息。For another example, taking the first radio access technology as the NR radio access technology and the second radio access technology as the EUTRA radio access technology as an example, the capability of the first radio access technology supported by the UE, that is, the capability of the UE in the NR radio access technology The capability of entering the technology, the first capability information may be carried in the container of the first wireless access technology or the capability information of the first wireless access technology of the terminal device. At this time, the first capability information may be carried by an NR container (NR container) or NR capability information (UE-NR-Capability) of the terminal device. The frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, that is, the frequency band information of the EUTRA supported by the UE, can also be carried by the NR container or the NR capability information of the terminal device, so that the network device supporting the NR radio access technology can pass Analyze the NR capability information of the NR container or the terminal device to obtain the frequency band information supported by the UE for EUTRA wireless access reception. At this time, the NR capability information of the NR container or the terminal device may include: the capability of the UE in the NR radio access technology, and at least one EUTRA band supported by the UE in the EUTRA radio access technology, and the UE's capability in the EUTRA radio access technology. The bandwidth on each EUTRA band in the at least one EUTRA band supported in the input technology. The capabilities in the NR radio access technology supported by the UE may include: frequency band information in the EUTRA radio access technology supported by the UE.
UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段信息可以包括:UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)、UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段(band)上的带宽。The frequency band information supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology may include: the frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology, The bandwidth on the frequency band (band) supported under the input technology.
其中,根据LTE R8协议,LTE支持FDD(频分双工)和TDD(时分双工)两种双工模式;支持从700MHz到2.6GHz内共包括31个频段。即UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段可以包括:FDD和TDD模式的31个频段。在不同频段内,还可以支 持1.4MHz、3MHz、5MHz、10MHz、15MHz和20MHz等6种带宽配置。Among them, according to the LTE R8 protocol, LTE supports FDD (Frequency Division Duplex) and TDD (Time Division Duplex) two duplex modes; it supports a total of 31 frequency bands from 700MHz to 2.6GHz. That is, the frequency bands supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology may include: 31 frequency bands in FDD and TDD modes. In different frequency bands, it can also support 6 bandwidth configurations including 1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz and 20MHz.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息,包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device includes at least one of the following:
至少一个频段上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
示例的,第一能力信息中指示的第二无线接入技术的UE支持的频段上的带宽的字段可以为:包括一个或多个带宽值的第一指示字段。一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示字段的信令格式可以为比特串(bit string)或比特地图(bitmap)。Exemplarily, the field of the bandwidth on the frequency band supported by the UE of the second radio access technology indicated in the first capability information may be: a first indication field including one or more bandwidth values. In a possible implementation manner, the signaling format of the first indication field may be a bit string (bit string) or a bit map (bitmap).
考虑到所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息可以有多种信息,相应的,第一指示字段的方式可以有多种,下面以方式a1~方式a4举例说明频段信息有多种信息的情况下对应的第一指示字段的方式。Considering that the frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device may have various information, correspondingly, there may be various forms of the first indication field. The following uses modes a1 to a4 as examples to illustrate how many types of frequency band information there are. The manner of the first indication field corresponding to the case of this information.
方式a1,第二无线接入技术的band上的可能的带宽包括:N个带宽,此时,第一能力信息中的第一指示字段可以包括N(N为大于1的整数)比特的比特串或比特地图。Mode a1, the possible bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology includes: N bandwidths, at this time, the first indication field in the first capability information may include a bit string of N (N is an integer greater than 1) bits or bitmap.
此时,每一个比特可以对应一个带宽值,例如N比特的第一个比特对应5MHz、N比特的第二个比特对应10MH等。每个比特位用于指示相应的带宽值是否支持,例如,对应的比特位设置为1则表示UE支持对应的带宽值,若对应的比特位设置为0则表示UE不支持对应的带宽值。At this time, each bit may correspond to a bandwidth value, for example, the first bit of N bits corresponds to 5MHz, the second bit of N bits corresponds to 10MH, and so on. Each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding bandwidth value is supported, for example, if the corresponding bit is set to 1, it means that the UE supports the corresponding bandwidth value, and if the corresponding bit is set to 0, it means that the UE does not support the corresponding bandwidth value.
方式a2,UE支持的第二无线接入技术的band上的带宽包括:M个带宽值,此时,一个带宽值可以对应一个字符,指示字段可以包括M个带宽值对应的M个字符。Mode a2, the bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE includes: M bandwidth values, at this time, one bandwidth value may correspond to one character, and the indication field may include M characters corresponding to the M bandwidth values.
举例来说,UE支持的带宽包括:5MHz、10MH。其中,5MHz对应的字符为a,10MH对应的字符为b,此时,指示字段可以携带字符a和字符b,用于指示UE支持的带宽为5MHz和10MH。For example, the bandwidth supported by the UE includes: 5MHz, 10MH. Wherein, the character corresponding to 5MHz is a, and the character corresponding to 10MH is b. At this time, the indication field may carry character a and character b, which are used to indicate that the bandwidth supported by the UE is 5MHz and 10MH.
应理解,上述仅为举例,本申请实施例对比特值所指示的内容不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an example, and the content indicated by the bit value is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
方式a3,UE支持的第二无线接入技术的band上的带宽可以区分上行带宽和下行带宽。此时,所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息,包括至少一个频段上的上行带宽信息和至少一个频段上的下行带宽信息中的至少一项。相应的,所述第一指示字段包括第一上行指示字段或第一下行指示字段中的至少一项,第一上行指示字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的上行带宽信息;第一下行指示字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的下行带宽信息。In manner a3, the bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE may be distinguished from uplink bandwidth and downlink bandwidth. At this time, the frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device includes at least one item of uplink bandwidth information on at least one frequency band and downlink bandwidth information on at least one frequency band. Correspondingly, the first indication field includes at least one of a first uplink indication field or a first downlink indication field, and the first uplink indication field is used to indicate the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device The uplink bandwidth information on the network; the first downlink indication field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
例如,第一上行指示字段用于指示UE支持的第二无线接入技术的band上的上行带宽,第一下行指示字段用于指示UE支持的第二无线接入技术的band上的下行带宽。For example, the first uplink indication field is used to indicate the uplink bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, and the first downlink indication field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE .
结合方式a1,第一上行指示字段可以为比特串(bit string)或比特地图(bitmap)。第二无线接入技术的band上的可能的上行带宽包括:N1个上行带宽,此时,第一上行指示字段可以包括N1(N1为大于1的整数)比特的比特串或比特地图。In combination with manner a1, the first uplink indication field may be a bit string (bit string) or a bit map (bitmap). Possible uplink bandwidths on the band of the second radio access technology include: N1 uplink bandwidths, at this time, the first uplink indication field may include a bit string or a bitmap of N1 (N1 is an integer greater than 1) bits.
此时,每一个比特可以对应一个上行带宽值,例如,第一个比特对应5MHz、第二个比特对应10MH等。每个比特位用于指示UE是否支持该上行带宽值,例如,对应的比特位设置为1则表示UE支持对应的上行带宽值,若对应的比特位设置为0则表示UE不支持对应的上行带宽值。At this time, each bit may correspond to an uplink bandwidth value, for example, the first bit corresponds to 5MHz, the second bit corresponds to 10MH, and so on. Each bit is used to indicate whether the UE supports the uplink bandwidth value. For example, if the corresponding bit is set to 1, it means that the UE supports the corresponding uplink bandwidth value; if the corresponding bit is set to 0, it means that the UE does not support the corresponding uplink bandwidth value. bandwidth value.
第一下行指示字段可以为比特串(bit string)或比特地图(bitmap)。第二无线接入技术的band上的可能的下行带宽包括:N2个下行带宽,此时,第一下行指示字段可以包括N2(N2为大于1的整数)比特的比特串或比特地图。The first downlink indication field may be a bit string (bit string) or a bit map (bitmap). Possible downlink bandwidths on the band of the second radio access technology include: N2 downlink bandwidths. At this time, the first downlink indication field may include a bit string or a bitmap of N2 (N2 is an integer greater than 1) bits.
此时,每一个比特可以对应一个下行带宽值,例如,第一个比特对应5MHz、第二个比特对应10MH等。每个比特位用于指示UE是否支持该下行带宽值,例如,对应的比特位设置为1则表示UE支持对应的下行带宽值,若对应的比特位设置为0则表示UE不支持对应的下行带宽值。At this time, each bit may correspond to a downlink bandwidth value, for example, the first bit corresponds to 5MHz, the second bit corresponds to 10MH, and so on. Each bit is used to indicate whether the UE supports the downlink bandwidth value. For example, if the corresponding bit is set to 1, it means that the UE supports the corresponding downlink bandwidth value; if the corresponding bit is set to 0, it means that the UE does not support the corresponding downlink bandwidth value. bandwidth value.
当然,还可以结合方式a2,区分上行带宽和下行带宽,例如,第一上行指示字段中的比特是基于方式a2指示UE支持的上行带宽,第一下行指示字段中的比特是基于方式a2指示UE支持的下行带宽。在此不再赘述。Of course, method a2 can also be combined to distinguish uplink bandwidth and downlink bandwidth. For example, the bits in the first uplink indication field indicate the uplink bandwidth supported by the UE based on method a2, and the bits in the first downlink indication field indicate based on method a2 The downlink bandwidth supported by the UE. I won't repeat them here.
再比如,第一指示字段还可以通过增加上行带宽和下行带宽的标识,仅携带上行带宽或仅携带下行带宽。即通过第一指示字段,分别发送上行带宽,和下行带宽。例如,第一指示字段包括:UE支持的第二无线接入技术的band上的上行带宽的比特,上行带宽的标识。再比如,第一指示字段包括:UE支持的第二无线接入技术的band上的下行带宽的比特,下行带宽的标识。For another example, the first indication field may carry only the uplink bandwidth or only the downlink bandwidth by adding the identifiers of the uplink bandwidth and the downlink bandwidth. That is, the uplink bandwidth and the downlink bandwidth are sent respectively through the first indication field. For example, the first indication field includes: bits of the uplink bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, and an identifier of the uplink bandwidth. For another example, the first indication field includes: bits of the downlink bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, and an identifier of the downlink bandwidth.
方式a4,UE支持的第二无线接入技术的band上的带宽可以区分不同的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)。In way a4, the bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE can be distinguished by different subcarrier spacing (subcarrier spacing, SCS).
此时,所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息,包括至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的至少一个频段上的带宽信息。At this time, the frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device includes bandwidth information on at least one frequency band corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing.
例如,第一指示字段可以包括K个第一指示子字段,其中,每个第一指示子字段用于指示UE支持的一种子载波间隔的第二无线接入技术的band上的带宽。For example, the first indication field may include K first indication subfields, where each first indication subfield is used to indicate the bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology with a subcarrier spacing supported by the UE.
即所述第一指示字段包括第一上行指示字段或第一下行指示字段中的至少一项,第一上行指示字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的上行带宽信息;第一下行指示字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的下行带宽信息。That is, the first indication field includes at least one of the first uplink indication field or the first downlink indication field, and the first uplink indication field is used to indicate the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device. Uplink bandwidth information; the first downlink indication field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,结合方式a1,每个第一指示子字段可以为比特串(bit string)或比特地图(bitmap)。每种子载波间隔下,第二无线接入技术的band上的可能的带宽包括:N个带宽,此时,每个第一指示子字段可以包括N(N为大于1的整数)比特的比特串或比特地图。A possible implementation manner, in combination with manner a1, each first indicator subfield may be a bit string (bit string) or a bit map (bitmap). Under each subcarrier interval, the possible bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology includes: N bandwidths, at this time, each first indication subfield may include a bit string of N (N is an integer greater than 1) bits or bitmap.
此时,每一个比特可以对应一个带宽值,例如,第一个比特对应5MHz、第二个比特对应10MH等。每个比特位用于指示UE是否支持该带宽值,例如,对应的比特位设置为1则表示UE支持对应的带宽值,若对应的比特位设置为0则表示UE不支持对应的带宽值。At this time, each bit may correspond to a bandwidth value, for example, the first bit corresponds to 5MHz, the second bit corresponds to 10MH, and so on. Each bit is used to indicate whether the UE supports the bandwidth value, for example, if the corresponding bit is set to 1, it means that the UE supports the corresponding bandwidth value, and if the corresponding bit is set to 0, it means that the UE does not support the corresponding bandwidth value.
例如,以第二无线接入技术为NR为例,针对FR1 NR band,第一指示字段可以包括:3个比特串或比特地图,3个比特串分别对应15kHz、30kHz、60kHz的子载波间隔下UE支持的带宽。针对FR2 NR band,第一指示字段可以包括:2个比特串或比特地图,2个比特串分别对应60kHz、120kHz的子载波间隔下UE支持的带宽。For example, taking the second radio access technology as NR as an example, for the FR1 NR band, the first indication field may include: 3 bit strings or bit maps, and the 3 bit strings correspond to subcarrier spacings of 15kHz, 30kHz, and 60kHz respectively. The bandwidth supported by the UE. For FR2 NR band, the first indication field may include: 2 bit strings or bit maps, and the 2 bit strings correspond to the bandwidth supported by the UE under the subcarrier spacing of 60kHz and 120kHz respectively.
再比如,第一指示字段可以包括5个比特串或比特地图,其中,3个比特串分别对应15kHz、30kHz、60kHz的子载波间隔下UE支持的FR1 NR band上的带宽。2个比特串分别对应60kHz、120kHz的子载波间隔下UE支持的FR2 NR band上的带宽。For another example, the first indication field may include 5 bit strings or bit maps, where the 3 bit strings correspond to the bandwidth on the FR1 NR band supported by the UE under the subcarrier spacing of 15kHz, 30kHz, and 60kHz respectively. The two bit strings correspond to the bandwidth on the FR2 NR band supported by the UE under the subcarrier spacing of 60kHz and 120kHz respectively.
当然,还可以结合方式a2,确定每个第一指示子字段,例如,每个第一指示子字段中的比特是基于方式a2指示该子载波间隔下UE支持的带宽。在此不再赘述。Of course, manner a2 may also be combined to determine each first indication subfield, for example, the bits in each first indication subfield indicate the bandwidth supported by the UE under the subcarrier spacing based on manner a2. I won't repeat them here.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一指示字段还可以通过增加子载波间隔的标识,第一指示字段携带相应的第一指示子字段。即通过第一指示字段,分别发送每种第一指示子字段。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication field may also add an identifier of a subcarrier spacing, and the first indication field carries a corresponding first indication subfield. That is, through the first indication field, each type of first indication subfield is sent respectively.
例如,对FR1 NR band,第一指示字段包括:子载波间隔为15kHz下UE支持的FR1 NR band上的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为15kHz的标识。For example, for the FR1 NR band, the first indication field includes: bits of the bandwidth on the FR1 NR band supported by the UE at a subcarrier spacing of 15kHz, and an identification of a subcarrier spacing of 15kHz.
再比如,第一指示字段包括:子载波间隔为30Hz下UE支持的FR1 NR band上的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为30Hz的标识。再比如,第一指示字段包括:子载波间隔为60Hz下UE支持的FR1 NR band上的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为60Hz的标识。For another example, the first indication field includes: bits of the bandwidth on the FR1 NR band supported by the UE at a subcarrier spacing of 30 Hz, and an indication that the subcarrier spacing is 30 Hz. For another example, the first indication field includes: bits of the bandwidth on the FR1 NR band supported by the UE at a subcarrier spacing of 60 Hz, and an identifier that the subcarrier spacing is 60 Hz.
再比如,对于FR2 NR band,第一指示字段包括:子载波间隔为60kHz下UE支持的FR2 NR band上的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为60kHz的标识。再比如,第一指示字段包括:子载波间隔为120Hz下UE支持的FR2 NR band上的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为120Hz的标识。For another example, for the FR2 NR band, the first indication field includes: bits of the bandwidth on the FR2 NR band supported by the UE at a subcarrier spacing of 60kHz, and an indication that the subcarrier spacing is 60kHz. For another example, the first indication field includes: bits of the bandwidth on the FR2 NR band supported by the UE at a subcarrier spacing of 120 Hz, and an indication that the subcarrier spacing is 120 Hz.
再比如,所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息,可以包括至少一个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息和至少一个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息中的至少一项。即结合方式a3和方式a4,即区分上行带宽和下行带宽,也区分子载波间隔的方式。For another example, the frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device may include uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on at least one frequency band and at least one subcarrier spacing on at least one frequency band. At least one item of downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in the carrier spacing. That is, combining mode a3 and mode a4, that is, distinguishing the uplink bandwidth from the downlink bandwidth, and also distinguishing the way of subcarrier spacing.
此时,第一指示子字段还可以用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;第一指示子字段还可以用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。At this time, the first indication subfield may also be used to indicate the uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier interval in at least one subcarrier interval of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device; the first indication subfield may also be used Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier interval in at least one subcarrier interval of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
例如,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的一种子载波间隔对应的第二无线接入技术的频段上的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息。具体方式可以参考方式a3和方式a4,在此不再赘述。For example, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate the first subcarrier spacing corresponding to a subcarrier spacing supported by the terminal device. 2. Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information on the frequency band of the radio access technology. For specific manners, reference may be made to manner a3 and manner a4, which will not be repeated here.
考虑到终端设备可能同时生成EUTRA容器的eutra能力信息和NR容器的nr能力信息。因此,在终端设备生成第一能力信息中的频段信息时,可以参考其他容器中的能力信息生成,例如,第二能力信息,以降低终端设备的开销和计算复杂度。It is considered that the terminal device may simultaneously generate the eutra capability information of the EUTRA container and the nr capability information of the NR container. Therefore, when the terminal device generates the frequency band information in the first capability information, it can refer to the capability information in other containers to generate, for example, the second capability information, so as to reduce the overhead and calculation complexity of the terminal device.
例如,以第一无线接入技术为E-UTRA,第二无线接入技术可以为NR无线接入技术为例。此时,第一能力信息可以为携带在EUTRA容器中的eutra能力信息。第一能力信息可以包括:UE支持的NR band,及NR band上UE支持的带宽。For example, taking the first radio access technology as E-UTRA and the second radio access technology as NR radio access technology as an example. At this time, the first capability information may be eutra capability information carried in the EUTRA container. The first capability information may include: the NR band supported by the UE, and the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band.
考虑到nr能力信息中本身包括了UE支持的NR band、以及NR band上UE支持的带宽,因此,终端设备在确定第一能力信息时,UE可以根据nr能力信息中NR band上UE支持的带宽,确定第一能力信息中NR band上UE支持的带宽的取值。Considering that the nr capability information itself includes the NR band supported by the UE and the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band, when the terminal device determines the first capability information, the UE can use the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band in the nr capability information , determine the value of the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band in the first capability information.
再比如,以第一无线接入技术为NR,第二无线接入技术可以为E-UTRA无线接入技术为例。此时,第一能力信息可以为携带在NR容器中的nr能力信息。第一能力信息可以包括:UE支持的EUTRA的band,及EUTRA的band上UE支持的带宽。For another example, take the first radio access technology as NR, and the second radio access technology as E-UTRA radio access technology as an example. At this time, the first capability information may be nr capability information carried in the NR container. The first capability information may include: the EUTRA band supported by the UE, and the bandwidth supported by the UE on the EUTRA band.
考虑到eutra能力信息中本身包括了UE支持的EUTRA的band、以及EUTRA的band上UE支持的带宽,因此,终端设备在确定第一能力信息时,UE可以根据eutra能力信息中EUTRA的band上UE支持的带宽,确定第一能力信息中EUTRA的band上UE支持的带宽的取值。Considering that the eutra capability information itself includes the EUTRA band supported by the UE and the bandwidth supported by the UE on the EUTRA band, when the terminal device determines the first capability information, the UE can according to the EUTRA band in the eutra capability information. The supported bandwidth determines the value of the bandwidth supported by the UE on the EUTRA band in the first capability information.
步骤302:终端设备将第一能力信息发送给网络设备。Step 302: the terminal device sends the first capability information to the network device.
相应的,网络设备接收第一能力信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first capability information.
需要说明的是,第一能力信息和第二能力信息可以包括在UE能力信息中一起发送,也可以分开发送,在此不做限定。It should be noted that the first capability information and the second capability information may be included in the UE capability information and sent together, or may be sent separately, which is not limited here.
例如,终端设备的UE能力信息可以包括第一能力信息和第二能力信息,其中,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的能力,所述第二能力信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。第二能力信息可以携带在第二无线接入技术的容器中发送给网络设备。For example, the UE capability information of the terminal device may include first capability information and second capability information, where the second capability information is used to indicate the capability of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and the second The capability information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band. The second capability information may be carried in the container of the second radio access technology and sent to the network device.
步骤303:网络设备根据第一能力信息,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。Step 303: The network device determines at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band according to the first capability information.
在该实施例中,网络设备可以根据第一能力信息,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In this embodiment, the network device may determine, according to the first capability information, at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
在该实施例中,网络设备可以根据第一能力信息,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In this embodiment, the network device may determine, according to the first capability information, at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
在步骤302中,终端设备将第一能力信息发送给网络设备的方式可以有多种,下面以方式A1和方式A2举例说明。可选的,本申请实施例还可以包括,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于请求终端设备上报第一能力信息,终端设备在接收到该第一指示信息后,再执行步骤301,或步骤302。示例性地,第二指示信息可以被携带在已有的信元中发送。In step 302, there may be multiple ways for the terminal device to send the first capability information to the network device, and the way A1 and way A2 are used as examples below. Optionally, this embodiment of the present application may further include that the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to request the terminal device to report first capability information, and the terminal device receives the first indication information , and then execute step 301 or step 302. Exemplarily, the second indication information may be carried in an existing information element and sent.
方式A1,第一能力信息可以通过UE能力消息发送。In manner A1, the first capability information may be sent through a UE capability message.
例如,对于一个连接态的终端设备,当网络设备需要该终端设备一些能力信息时,网络设备可以发起UE能力请求过程,来请求需要的能力信息。例如,网络设备可以向UE发送UE能力请求消息(UECapabilityEnquiry),该消息用于请求UE发送UE在某一无线接入技术中的无线接入能力。该UE能力请求消息可以包括一种或多种RAT(例如:eutra,nr,eutra-nr中的一种或多种RAT)表示请求该种RAT下的UE能力信息。For example, for a terminal device in a connected state, when the network device needs some capability information of the terminal device, the network device may initiate a UE capability request process to request the required capability information. For example, the network device may send a UE capability request message (UECapabilityEnquiry) to the UE, where the message is used to request the UE to send the UE's radio access capability in a certain radio access technology. The UE capability request message may include one or more RATs (for example: one or more RATs among eutra, nr, eutra-nr) indicating that UE capability information under this RAT is requested.
若在UE能力请求消息中包括了某种RAT且UE支持该种RAT,UE需要在UE能力消息中包括该种RAT的能力信息,并且将UE能力消息中的RAT类型参数设置成该种RAT。例如:在UE能力请求消息中请求了eutra的UE能力信息且UE支持EUTRA接入技术,UE需要在UE能力消息中包括eutra的能力信息,并且将UE能力消息中的RAT类型参数设置成eutra,eutra的能力信息具体携带在UE能力消息中的EUTRA容器(EUTRA container)或终端设备的EUTRA的能力信息(UE-EUTRA-Capability)中。类似的,nr的能力信息具体携带在UE能力消息中的NR容器(NR container)或终端设备的NR的能力信息(UE-NR-Capability)中,eutra-nr的能力信息具体携带在UE能力消息中的MRDC容器(MRDC container/UE-MRDC-Capability)中。If a certain RAT is included in the UE capability request message and the UE supports the RAT, the UE needs to include the capability information of the RAT in the UE capability message, and set the RAT type parameter in the UE capability message to the RAT. For example, if the UE capability information of eutra is requested in the UE capability request message and the UE supports EUTRA access technology, the UE needs to include the capability information of eutra in the UE capability message, and set the RAT type parameter in the UE capability message to eutra, The capability information of eutra is specifically carried in the EUTRA container (EUTRA container) in the UE capability message or the EUTRA capability information (UE-EUTRA-Capability) of the terminal device. Similarly, the capability information of nr is specifically carried in the NR container (NR container) in the UE capability message or the NR capability information (UE-NR-Capability) of the terminal device, and the capability information of eutra-nr is specifically carried in the UE capability message In the MRDC container (MRDC container/UE-MRDC-Capability).
可选的,网络设备还可以在UE能力请求消息中携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信 息用于指示所述终端设备在第一能力信息中上报所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。Optionally, the network device may also carry first indication information in the UE capability request message, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report each frequency band in the at least one frequency band in the first capability information Bandwidth information on .
一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息用于指示UE是否需要上报UE支持的异系统的频段上的带宽,或者,该第一指示信息用于指示UE是否允许上报UE支持的异系统的频段上的带宽。A possible implementation manner, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the UE needs to report the bandwidth on the frequency band of the different system supported by the UE, or the first indication information is used to indicate whether the UE is allowed to report the bandwidth of the different system supported by the UE Bandwidth on the frequency band.
一种可能的方式,网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备,网络设备可以根据需要,指示终端设备上报UE支持的异系统频段上的带宽。例如,终端设备支持第二无线接入技术和第三无线接入技术。网络设备可能支持第二无线接入技术和第三无线接入技术,也可能不支持第二无线接入技术和第三无线接入技术,还可能支持部分,在此不做限定。In a possible manner, the network device is a network device supporting the first radio access technology, and the network device may instruct the terminal device to report the bandwidth on the different system frequency band supported by the UE as required. For example, the terminal device supports the second radio access technology and the third radio access technology. The network device may support the second radio access technology and the third radio access technology, or may not support the second radio access technology and the third radio access technology, or may support some of them, which is not limited here.
此时,网络设备可以通过第一指示信息指示终端设备上报UE支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽。网络设备还可以通过第一指示信息指示终端设备上报UE支持的第三无线接入技术的频段上的带宽。或者,网络设备还可以指示终端设备上报UE支持的所有除第一无线接入技术之外的其他无线接入技术的频段上的带宽。At this time, the network device may use the first indication information to instruct the terminal device to report the bandwidth on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE. The network device may also use the first indication information to instruct the terminal device to report the bandwidth on the frequency band of the third radio access technology supported by the UE. Alternatively, the network device may also instruct the terminal device to report bandwidths in frequency bands of all radio access technologies other than the first radio access technology supported by the UE.
再一种可能的方式,网络设备还可以通过第一指示信息,指示终端设备允许终端设备上报UE支持的异系统频段上的带宽。即终端设备不支持异系统时,可以不上报异系统频段上的带宽。In yet another possible manner, the network device may also use the first indication information to instruct the terminal device to allow the terminal device to report the bandwidth on the frequency band of the different system supported by the UE. That is, when the terminal device does not support the different system, it may not report the bandwidth on the frequency band of the different system.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备可以向终端设备发送UE能力请求消息,在UE能力请求消息中,携带第一指示信息。另一种可能的实现方式,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置消息,在配置消息中,携带第一指示信息。第一指示信息和第二指示信息可以是一起发送的,也可以是分开发送的,在此不做限定。In a possible implementation manner, the network device may send a UE capability request message to the terminal device, and the UE capability request message carries the first indication information. In another possible implementation manner, the network device may send a configuration message to the terminal device, and the configuration message carries the first indication information. The first indication information and the second indication information may be sent together or separately, which is not limited here.
例如,在网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备,第一指示信息用于指示UE是否上报UE支持的第二无线接入技术的频段上的带宽。For example, when the network device is a network device supporting the first radio access technology, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the bandwidth on the frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the UE.
以第一无线接入接收为E-UTRA,第二无线接入技术为NR为例,第一指示信息用于指示UE是否上报UE支持的NR的频段上的带宽。Taking E-UTRA as the first radio access technology and NR as the second radio access technology as an example, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the bandwidth on the NR frequency band supported by the UE.
在E-UTRA网络设备通过第一指示信息,指示终端设备UE上报NR band上UE支持的带宽时,终端设备可以在第一能力信息中包括:NR band上UE支持的带宽。When the E-UTRA network device instructs the terminal device UE to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band through the first indication information, the terminal device may include in the first capability information: the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band.
在E-UTRA网络设备通过第一指示信息,指示终端设备UE不上报NR band上UE支持的带宽时,终端设备可以在第一能力信息中不包括:NR band上UE支持的带宽。When the E-UTRA network device instructs the terminal device UE not to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band through the first indication information, the terminal device may not include in the first capability information: the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band.
在一些实施例中,第一指示信息可以承载在UE能力请求(UECapabilityEnquiry)信息中,相应的,终端设备可以在UE能力消息中携带第一能力信息。In some embodiments, the first indication information may be carried in UE capability request (UECapabilityEnquiry) information, and correspondingly, the terminal device may carry the first capability information in the UE capability message.
方式A2,第一能力信息也可以携带在UE辅助信息中发送给网络设备。In manner A2, the first capability information may also be carried in UE assistance information and sent to the network device.
可选的,第一指示信息承载在配置消息中发送给终端设备,例如,配置消息可以是RRC重配消息等。终端设备根据配置消息,确认通过UE辅助信息向网络设备发送第一能力信息。当然,第一能力信息还可以携带在其他RRC消息中发送给网络设备,在此不做限定。Optionally, the first indication information is carried in a configuration message and sent to the terminal device, for example, the configuration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message or the like. According to the configuration message, the terminal device confirms to send the first capability information to the network device through UE assistance information. Certainly, the first capability information may also be carried in other RRC messages and sent to the network device, which is not limited here.
可选的,步骤304:网络设备根据频段信息,向终端设备的目标网络设备发送切换请求。Optionally, in step 304: the network device sends a switching request to the target network device of the terminal device according to the frequency band information.
对于切换场景,接收第一能力信息的网络设备为源网络设备,源网络设备根据第一能力信息,确定终端设备的目标网络设备。进而,源网络设备还可以在确定终端设备的目标网络设备后,向目标网络设备发送切换请求。参见图4,为本申请实施例提供的一种切换小区的方法所对应的流程示意图,该方法可以包括如下步骤:For the handover scenario, the network device receiving the first capability information is the source network device, and the source network device determines the target network device of the terminal device according to the first capability information. Furthermore, the source network device may also send a switching request to the target network device after determining the target network device of the terminal device. Referring to FIG. 4 , it is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a method for switching cells provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
步骤401:源网络设备向终端设备发送UE能力请求消息,对应的,终端设备接收源网络设备发送的UE能力消息。Step 401: The source network device sends a UE capability request message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the UE capability message sent by the source network device.
可选的,UE能力请求消息中可以包括第一指示信息。Optionally, the first indication information may be included in the UE capability request message.
需要说明的是,步骤401是可选的,具体实现方式可以参考步骤301中网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息的方式,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that step 401 is optional, and the specific implementation manner may refer to the manner in which the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device in step 301, which will not be repeated here.
步骤402:终端设备确定第一能力信息。Step 402: The terminal device determines first capability information.
具体可以参见步骤301,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to step 301, which will not be repeated here.
步骤403:终端设备向源网络设备发送第一能力信息,对应的,源网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一能力信息。Step 403: the terminal device sends the first capability information to the source network device, and correspondingly, the source network device receives the first capability information sent by the terminal device.
步骤404:终端设备向源网络设备发送测量报告,对应的,源网络设备接收终端设备发送的测量报告。Step 404: the terminal device sends a measurement report to the source network device, and correspondingly, the source network device receives the measurement report sent by the terminal device.
可选的,源网络设备还可以向终端设备发送配置消息,该配置消息用于配置测量同系统的频点,该配置消息还可以用于配置测量异系统的频点。进而,终端设备可以基于该配置消息,对配置的频点上的参考信号进行测量,并将测量结果生成测量报告发送给源网络设备,以使源网络设备根据测量报告确定终端设备接入目标小区的信号质量,为后续切换至目标小区做准备。Optionally, the source network device may also send a configuration message to the terminal device, where the configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring the same system, and the configuration message may also be used for configuring a frequency point for measuring a different system. Furthermore, the terminal device can measure the reference signal on the configured frequency point based on the configuration message, and generate a measurement report from the measurement result and send it to the source network device, so that the source network device determines that the terminal device accesses the target cell according to the measurement report signal quality to prepare for the subsequent handover to the target cell.
步骤405:源网络设备根据第一能力信息和测量报告,确定终端设备的目标网络设备。Step 405: The source network device determines the target network device of the terminal device according to the first capability information and the measurement report.
在一些实施例中,源网络设备可以根据测量报告,确定终端设备的候选目标网络设备,再根据第一能力信息,在候选目标网络设备中确定目标网络设备。In some embodiments, the source network device may determine candidate target network devices of the terminal device according to the measurement report, and then determine the target network device among the candidate target network devices according to the first capability information.
在步骤405中,源网络设备可以根据测量报告,确定将该终端设备的候选目标网络设备。In step 405, the source network device may determine a candidate target network device for the terminal device according to the measurement report.
其中,测量报告中可以包括同系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值,还可以包括异系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值。其中,测量值可以是参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ),参考信号信噪比(reference signal-signal to noise ratio,RS-SINR)等,本申请不做限定。Wherein, the measurement report may include a measurement value of at least one frequency point of a cell of the same system, and may also include a measurement value of at least one frequency point of a cell of a different system. Among them, the measured value can be reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ), reference signal signal-to-noise ratio (reference signal-signal to noise ratio, RS-SINR) etc., this application does not make a limitation.
同系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值可以是与源网络设备同系统的小区同频点的测量值,也可以是与源网络设备同系统的小区异频点的测量值。The measured value of at least one frequency point of the cell of the same system may be a measured value of the same frequency point of the cell of the same system as the source network device, or may be a measured value of a different frequency point of the cell of the same system of the source network device.
举例来说,在源网络设备确定所述终端设备的服务小区的测量值小于第一预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的同系统的其他小区的测量值大于切换预设阈值时,可以触发同系统的小区切换,即源网络设备可以根据测量报告中的同系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值,确定目标小区对应的目标网络设备。For example, when the source network device determines that the measured value of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than the first preset threshold, and the measured value of other cells of the same system supported by the terminal device is greater than the handover preset threshold, it may trigger For cell handover of the same system, the source network device can determine the target network device corresponding to the target cell according to the measurement value of at least one frequency point of the cell of the same system in the measurement report.
针对异系统的小区切换,源网络设备可以根据测量报告中的异系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值,确定候选目标小区,进而,确定候选目标小区对应的候选目标网络设备。For inter-system cell handover, the source network device may determine a candidate target cell according to the measured value of at least one frequency point of a cell of a different system in the measurement report, and then determine a candidate target network device corresponding to the candidate target cell.
源网络设备可以根据终端设备的测量报告,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值。其中,其他小区可以是终端设备的邻小区。之后,可以根据其他小区的测量值,确定候选目标网络设备。例如,将所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第二预设阈值的其他小区对应的目标网络设备作为待切换的候选目标网络设备,在候选目标网络设备为多个时,可以优先将测量值最好的,即信道质量最好的小区作为该次切换的候选目标网络设备。The source network device may determine the measurement values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device according to the measurement report of the terminal device. Wherein, other cells may be neighboring cells of the terminal device. Afterwards, candidate target network devices may be determined according to the measurement values of other cells. For example, taking target network devices corresponding to other cells whose measurement values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device are greater than a second preset threshold as candidate target network devices to be handed over, and when the candidate target network device is When there are more than one cell, the cell with the best measurement value, that is, the cell with the best channel quality can be preferentially used as the candidate target network device for this handover.
在一些实施例中,目标网络设备可以是源网络设备根据第一能力信息和候选目标网络设备确定的。例如,源网络设备在根据测量报告,确定候选目标网络设备后,可以根据终端设备上报的第一能力信息中的频段信息,确定候选目标网络设备中是否有满足切换条件的目标网络设备,如果有,则执行步骤406。In some embodiments, the target network device may be determined by the source network device according to the first capability information and candidate target network devices. For example, after the source network device determines the candidate target network device according to the measurement report, it can determine whether there is a target network device meeting the handover condition among the candidate target network devices according to the frequency band information in the first capability information reported by the terminal device. , then step 406 is performed.
例如,切换条件可以包括:终端设备能够接入目标网络设备、且终端设备可以满足该目标网络设备下的目标小区工作的带宽要求。For example, the handover condition may include: the terminal device can access the target network device, and the terminal device can meet the bandwidth requirement for working in the target cell under the target network device.
一种可能的实现方式,切换条件可以包括:UE支持的频段与目标网络设备的频段匹配,且UE支持的带宽与目标网络设备的带宽匹配。其中,UE支持的带宽与目标网络设备的带宽匹配可以包括:所述终端设备支持的第一频段的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段的初始带宽部分的带宽,所述第一频段为所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段中的一个。In a possible implementation manner, the handover condition may include: the frequency band supported by the UE matches the frequency band of the target network device, and the bandwidth supported by the UE matches the bandwidth of the target network device. Wherein, matching the bandwidth supported by the UE with the bandwidth of the target network device may include: the channel bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the target network device, and greater than or equal to The bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency band supported by the target network device, where the first frequency band is one of at least one frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备可以根据测量报告确定的候选目标网络设备的频点所属的频段,获得候选目标网络设备的支持的频段的带宽。进而,根据候选目标网络设备的频点所属的频段,及候选目标网络设备在该频段下支持的带宽信息,与终端设备的频段信息比较,确定候选目标网络设备是否满足切换条件。In a possible implementation manner, the network device may obtain the bandwidth of the frequency band supported by the candidate target network device according to the frequency band to which the frequency point of the candidate target network device determined in the measurement report belongs. Furthermore, according to the frequency band to which the frequency point of the candidate target network device belongs, and the bandwidth information supported by the candidate target network device under the frequency band, it is compared with the frequency band information of the terminal device to determine whether the candidate target network device satisfies the handover condition.
例如,在确定候选目标网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽大于或等于所述终端设备支持的第一频段的信道带宽,且所述候选目标网络设备支持的第一频段的初始带宽部分小于或等于所述终端设备支持的第一频段的信道带宽时,可以将该候选目标网络设备,作为目标网络设备。For example, it is determined that the carrier bandwidth on the first frequency band supported by the candidate target network device is greater than or equal to the channel bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the terminal device, and the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency band supported by the candidate target network device is less than or equal to the channel bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the terminal device, the candidate target network device may be used as the target network device.
以终端设备支持的信道带宽是区分上行带宽和下行带宽的场景为例。Take the scenario where the channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device is an uplink bandwidth and a downlink bandwidth as an example.
在上行带宽的场景中,终端设备可以在目标小区工作的条件为:如果终端设备支持的一个上行信道带宽的最大传输带宽配置(最大传输带宽配置的方式参见标准TS 38.101-1和TS 38.101-2),小于或等于载波带宽(可以在初始上行链路的带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)的SCS配置的上行公共配置(uplinkConfigCommon)中指示),且大于或等于初始上行BWP的带宽。In the uplink bandwidth scenario, the condition that the terminal device can work in the target cell is: if the maximum transmission bandwidth configuration of an uplink channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device (for the maximum transmission bandwidth configuration method, refer to the standards TS 38.101-1 and TS 38.101-2 ), less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth (may be indicated in the uplink common configuration (uplinkConfigCommon) of the SCS configuration of the initial uplink bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP)), and greater than or equal to the initial uplink BWP bandwidth.
在下行带宽的场景中,终端设备可以在目标小区工作的条件为:如果终端设备支持的一个下行信道带宽的最大传输带宽配置(最大传输带宽配置的方式参见标准TS 38.101-1和TS 38.101-2),小于或等于载波带宽(可以在初始上行链路的BWP的SCS配置的下行公共配置(downlinkConfigCommon)中指示),且大于或等于初始下行BWP的带宽。In the downlink bandwidth scenario, the condition that the terminal device can work in the target cell is: if the maximum transmission bandwidth configuration of a downlink channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device (for the maximum transmission bandwidth configuration method, refer to the standards TS 38.101-1 and TS 38.101-2 ), which is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth (which may be indicated in the downlink common configuration (downlinkConfigCommon) of the SCS configuration of the initial uplink BWP), and greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the initial downlink BWP.
在候选目标网络设备不满足切换条件时,可以重新选择候选目标网络设备,例如,选择信道质量较好的小区作为该次切换的候选目标网络设备,在确定该候选目标网络设备满足切换条件后,将该候选目标网络设备作为目标网络设备。When the candidate target network device does not meet the handover condition, the candidate target network device can be reselected, for example, a cell with better channel quality is selected as the candidate target network device for this handover, and after it is determined that the candidate target network device meets the handover condition, The candidate target network device is used as the target network device.
在上述示例中,候选目标网络设备是根据测量报告中的参考信号测量值确定的,目标网络设备是根据第一能力信息和候选目标网络设备确定的。In the above example, the candidate target network device is determined according to the reference signal measurement value in the measurement report, and the target network device is determined according to the first capability information and the candidate target network device.
在另一些实施例中,候选目标网络设备还可以是根据第一能力信息确定的,目标网络设备是根据测量报告中的参考信号测量值和候选目标网络设备确定的。即根据终端设备在目标小区工作的条件,对邻小区进行筛选,确定终端设备可以工作的候选目标小区对应的候选目标网络设备,进而,再根据测量报告中的参考信号测量值,将候选目标网络设备对应的参考信号测量值较大的候选目标网络设备作为目标网络设备。In some other embodiments, the candidate target network device may also be determined according to the first capability information, and the target network device is determined according to the reference signal measurement value in the measurement report and the candidate target network device. That is, according to the working conditions of the terminal equipment in the target cell, the adjacent cells are screened, and the candidate target network equipment corresponding to the candidate target cell where the terminal equipment can work is determined, and then, according to the reference signal measurement value in the measurement report, the candidate target network equipment is selected. A candidate target network device corresponding to a device with a larger reference signal measurement value is used as the target network device.
步骤406:源网络设备向目标网络设备发送切换请求消息,对应的,目标网络设备接收源网络设备发送的切换请求消息。Step 406: The source network device sends a handover request message to the target network device, and correspondingly, the target network device receives the handover request message sent by the source network device.
步骤407:目标网络设备向源网络设备发送切换确认消息,对应的,源网络设备接收目标网络设备发送的切换确认消息。Step 407: The target network device sends a handover confirmation message to the source network device, and correspondingly, the source network device receives the handover confirmation message sent by the target network device.
目标网络设备确认自身的带宽支持终端设备接入,则向源网络设备发送切换确认消息。另外,在一种可能的场景中,在目标网络设备不支持终端设备接入时,则目标网络设备向源网络设备发送切换拒绝消息。The target network device confirms that its own bandwidth supports terminal device access, and then sends a handover confirmation message to the source network device. In addition, in a possible scenario, when the target network device does not support terminal device access, the target network device sends a handover rejection message to the source network device.
步骤408:源网络设备向终端设备发送切换命令,对应的,终端设备接收源网络设备发送的切换命令。Step 408: The source network device sends a switching command to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the switching command sent by the source network device.
下面以源网络设备为E-UTRA网络设备为例,源网络设备接收到UE上报的第一能力信息,第一能力信息可以在EUTRA容器(EUTRA container)或终端设备的EUTRA的能力信息(UE-EUTRA-Capability)中携带。源网络设备可以根据EUTRA容器,解析UE对应的eutra能力信息和UE在NR无线接入技术下支持的频段信息(即第一能力信息)。The following takes the source network device as an E-UTRA network device as an example. The source network device receives the first capability information reported by the UE. The first capability information can be stored in the EUTRA container (EUTRA container) or the EUTRA capability information (UE-UTRA) of the terminal device. carried in EUTRA-Capability). The source network device can analyze the eutra capability information corresponding to the UE and the frequency band information supported by the UE under the NR radio access technology (that is, the first capability information) according to the EUTRA container.
在切换阶段时,按照终端设备101接入无线接入技术(Radio Access Technology,RAT)的能力,切换方式可以分为,同系统切换和异系统切换。同系统切换指的是,源网络设备230和目标网络设备231的无线接入技术相同。例如,源网络设备230和目标网络设备231的无线接入技术都为EUTRA(LTE),源网络设备230和目标网络设备231的无线接入技术都为NR。异系统切换指的是,源网络设备230和目标网络设备231的无线接入技术不同。例如,源网络设备230的无线接入技术为LTE,目标网络设备231的无线接入技术为NR。或者,源网络设备230的无线接入技术为NR,目标网络设备231的无线接入技术为LTE。In the handover phase, according to the capability of the terminal device 101 to access the radio access technology (Radio Access Technology, RAT), the handover mode can be divided into same-system handover and different-system handover. Same-system handover means that the radio access technologies of the source network device 230 and the target network device 231 are the same. For example, the radio access technologies of the source network device 230 and the target network device 231 are both EUTRA (LTE), and the radio access technologies of the source network device 230 and the target network device 231 are both NR. Inter-system handover means that the radio access technologies of the source network device 230 and the target network device 231 are different. For example, the radio access technology of the source network device 230 is LTE, and the radio access technology of the target network device 231 is NR. Alternatively, the radio access technology of the source network device 230 is NR, and the radio access technology of the target network device 231 is LTE.
根据UE能够接入目标网络设备、并在该目标网络设备下的目标小区工作的要求,UE支持的频段与目标网络设备的频段匹配,且UE支持的带宽与目标网络设备的带宽匹配。其中,UE支持的带宽与目标网络设备的带宽匹配可以包括:所述终端设备支持的第一频段的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段的初始带宽部分的带宽,所述第一频段为所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段中的一个。According to the requirement that the UE can access the target network device and work in the target cell under the target network device, the frequency band supported by the UE matches the frequency band of the target network device, and the bandwidth supported by the UE matches the bandwidth of the target network device. Wherein, matching the bandwidth supported by the UE with the bandwidth of the target network device may include: the channel bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the target network device, and greater than or equal to The bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency band supported by the target network device, where the first frequency band is one of at least one frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
因此,在UE切换到同系统的目标小区的场景,源网络设备可以根据第一能力信息,确定UE在E-UTRA(LTE)无线接入技术下支持的频段信息,进行同系统的目标小区的切换。例如,源网络设备在确定当前服务小区的信道质量满足切换阈值,则源网络设备可以根据UE测量的同系统的邻区频点的信道质量,确定信道质量较好的小区。并在信道质量较好的小区中,选择UE支持的带宽信息匹配的小区,作为目标小区。Therefore, in the scenario where the UE is handed over to the target cell of the same system, the source network device can determine the frequency band information supported by the UE under the E-UTRA (LTE) radio access technology according to the first capability information, and perform the target cell of the same system. switch. For example, when the source network device determines that the channel quality of the current serving cell satisfies the handover threshold, the source network device may determine a cell with better channel quality according to the channel quality measured by the UE at the frequency points of neighboring cells of the same system. And among the cells with better channel quality, the cell whose bandwidth information supported by the UE matches is selected as the target cell.
在UE切换到异系统的目标小区的场景,即源网络设备确认将UE切换到NR网络设备时,E-UTRA网络设备可以根据终端设备的测量报告,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术(例如,NR)的其他小区的测量值。其中,测量值可以是RSRP、RSRQ,RS-SINR等,本申请不做限定。之后,可以根据其他小区的测量值,确定候选目标网络设备。例如,将所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第二预设阈值的其他小区对应的目标网络设备作为待切换的候选目标网络设备,在候选目标网络设备为多个时,可以优先将测量值最好的,即信道质量最好的小区作为该次切换的候选目标网络设备。In the scenario where the UE is handed over to the target cell of a different system, that is, when the source network device confirms that the UE is handed over to the NR network device, the E-UTRA network device can determine the second radio interface supported by the terminal device according to the measurement report of the terminal device. measurements of other cells of the incoming technology (eg, NR). Wherein, the measurement value may be RSRP, RSRQ, RS-SINR, etc., which are not limited in this application. Afterwards, candidate target network devices may be determined according to the measurement values of other cells. For example, taking target network devices corresponding to other cells whose measurement values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device are greater than a second preset threshold as candidate target network devices to be handed over, when the candidate target network device is When there are more than one cell, the cell with the best measurement value, that is, the cell with the best channel quality can be preferentially used as the candidate target network device for this handover.
进而,源网络设备可以解析EUTRA容器,获得第一能力信息,即获得UE在NR的 SA接入技术下支持的NR频段和UE在NR的SA接入技术下支持的NR频段上的带宽。源网络设备可以根据终端设备支持的NR频段及在该NR频段上支持的带宽,确定部署在该NR频段上的NR网络设备,再根据NR网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽大于或等于所述终端设备支持的第一频段的信道带宽,且所述NR网络设备支持的第一频段的初始带宽部分的带宽小于或等于终端设备支持的第一频段的初始带宽部分的带宽,确定该NR网络设备可以为目标网络设备,将确定的在该NR频段上的NR网络设备作为UE将要切换到的目标网络设备,并向该目标网络设备发起切换请求。Furthermore, the source network device can parse the EUTRA container to obtain the first capability information, that is, obtain the NR frequency band supported by the UE under the NR SA access technology and the bandwidth on the NR frequency band supported by the UE under the NR SA access technology. The source network device can determine the NR network device deployed on the NR frequency band according to the NR frequency band supported by the terminal device and the bandwidth supported on the NR frequency band, and then according to the carrier bandwidth on the first frequency band supported by the NR network device is greater than or equal to The channel bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the terminal device, and the bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency band supported by the NR network device is less than or equal to the bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency band supported by the terminal device, determine the NR The network device may be a target network device, and the determined NR network device in the NR frequency band is used as the target network device to which the UE is to be handed over, and initiates a handover request to the target network device.
目标网络设备接收到该切换请求后,目标网络设备根据UE支持的NR的带宽,确定该UE是否能够接入该目标网络设备下的小区。由于源网络设备根据第一能力信息获得了UE支持的NR频段和在该NR频段上支持的带宽。因此,源网络设备根据UE支持的NR频段确定的UE将要切换到的目标网络设备,可能满足目标网络设备支持的带宽与UE支持的带宽匹配,提高了UE的切换准备的成功率,降低切换时延和信令的开销。After the target network device receives the handover request, the target network device determines whether the UE can access a cell under the target network device according to the NR bandwidth supported by the UE. Because the source network device obtains the NR frequency band supported by the UE and the bandwidth supported on the NR frequency band according to the first capability information. Therefore, the source network device determines the target network device to which the UE will switch to based on the NR frequency band supported by the UE, which may satisfy the matching between the bandwidth supported by the target network device and the bandwidth supported by the UE, which improves the success rate of the UE's handover preparation and reduces the handover time. Delay and signaling overhead.
在网络设备为NR网络设备的切换场景中,例如,NR网络设备将UE切换到E-UTRA(LTE)网络设备。此时,源网络设备为NR网络设备,目标网设备为E-UTRA网络设备。In a handover scenario where the network equipment is the NR network equipment, for example, the NR network equipment handovers the UE to the E-UTRA (LTE) network equipment. At this time, the source network device is an NR network device, and the target network device is an E-UTRA network device.
NR网络设备接收到UE上报的第一能力信息,可以包括NR容器(NR container)或终端设备的NR的能力信息(UE-NR-Capability)。NR网络设备解析NR容器,获得UE对应的NR能力信息和UE在E-UTRA无线接入技术下支持的频段信息。该第一能力信息包括:UE在E-UTRA无线接入技术支持的E-UTRA的至少一个频段(band)信息、以及UE支持的E-UTRA的至少一个band上的带宽信息。The NR network device receives the first capability information reported by the UE, which may include NR container (NR container) or NR capability information (UE-NR-Capability) of the terminal device. The NR network device parses the NR container to obtain the NR capability information corresponding to the UE and the frequency band information supported by the UE under the E-UTRA radio access technology. The first capability information includes: information about at least one E-UTRA frequency band (band) supported by the E-UTRA radio access technology of the UE, and bandwidth information on at least one E-UTRA band supported by the UE.
在切换阶段时,NR网络设备可以根据该E-UTRA频段及支持的带宽,确定部署在该E-UTRA频段上的E-UTRA网络设备,从而,将确定的在该E-UTRA频段上的E-UTRA网络设备作为UE将要切换到的目标网络设备,并向该目标网络设备发起切换请求。During the handover phase, the NR network equipment can determine the E-UTRA network equipment deployed on the E-UTRA frequency band according to the E-UTRA frequency band and the supported bandwidth, so that the determined E-UTRA network equipment on the E-UTRA frequency band - The UTRA network device serves as the target network device to which the UE will handover, and initiates a handover request to the target network device.
例如,UE支持的频段为band1,UE支持的带宽为3MHz,此时,若网络设备支持band1,且,网络设备的小区支持带宽大于3MHz,且大于初始BWP的带宽,则源网络设备将该网络设备确定为目标网络设备。For example, the frequency band supported by the UE is band1, and the bandwidth supported by the UE is 3MHz. At this time, if the network device supports band1, and the cell bandwidth supported by the network device is greater than 3MHz and greater than the bandwidth of the initial BWP, the source network device will use the network The device is identified as a target network device.
目标网络设备接收到该切换请求后,目标网络设备根据UE支持的E-UTRA(LTE)的频段和UE支持的带宽,确定该UE能够接入该目标网络设备下的小区。从而,目标网络设备可以完成切换过程,与UE建立连接。After the target network device receives the handover request, the target network device determines that the UE can access the cell under the target network device according to the E-UTRA (LTE) frequency band supported by the UE and the bandwidth supported by the UE. Therefore, the target network device can complete the handover process and establish a connection with the UE.
通过上述方法,网络设备能够通过解析自身对应的容器,获取UE支持的异系统的band上的带宽能力,有助于提高网络设备切换准备的成功率。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability on the band of the different system supported by the UE by parsing its corresponding container, which helps to improve the success rate of network device handover preparation.
示例二Example two
参见图5,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图。该方法可以应用于如图1及图2中切换场景所示的系统中,如图4所示,该方法可以包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 5 , it is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method can be applied to the system shown in the switching scene shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2, as shown in Figure 4, the method can include the following steps:
步骤501:网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置消息。Step 501: The network device sends a first configuration message to the terminal device.
其中,所述第一配置消息可以用于配置测量至少一个频点。Wherein, the first configuration message may be used to configure and measure at least one frequency point.
在一些实施例中,该第一配置消息用于配置测量同系统的至少一个频点,该第一配置消息还可以用于配置测量异系统的至少一个频点。进而,终端设备可以基于该第一配置消息,对配置的至少一个频点上的参考信号进行测量,并将测量结果生成测量报告发送给源 网络设备,以使源网络设备根据测量报告以确定终端设备接入目标小区的信号质量,为后续切换至目标小区做准备。In some embodiments, the first configuration message is used to configure at least one frequency point for measuring the same system, and the first configuration message may also be used for configuring at least one frequency point for measuring a different system. Furthermore, the terminal device may measure the reference signal on at least one configured frequency point based on the first configuration message, and generate a measurement report from the measurement result and send it to the source network device, so that the source network device can determine the terminal The signal quality of the device accessing the target cell to prepare for the subsequent handover to the target cell.
举例来说,考虑异系统测量的场景,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备,此时,所述第一配置消息可以用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:第二无线接入技术的频点信息。For example, consider the scenario of inter-system measurement, the network device is a network device supporting the first radio access technology, at this time, the first configuration message can be used to configure the frequency points for measuring the second radio access technology , the first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second radio access technology.
可选的,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息。一种可能的实现方式,第二指示信息可以携带在第一配置消息中发送,也可以单独发送,在此不做限定。其中,第一配置消息可以是RRC重配消息。Optionally, the network device may also send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the bandwidth information on the frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device . In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information may be carried in the first configuration message, or may be sent separately, which is not limited here. Wherein, the first configuration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message.
一种可能的实现方式,该第二指示信息用于指示UE是否需要上报UE支持的异系统的至少一个频点上的带宽,或者,该第二指示信息用于指示UE是否允许上报UE支持的异系统的至少一个频点上的带宽。第二指示信息的实现方式可以参考第一指示信息,区别在于第一指示信息用于指示终端设备是否上报终端设备支持的频段上的带宽。A possible implementation manner, the second indication information is used to indicate whether the UE needs to report the bandwidth on at least one frequency point of the different system supported by the UE, or the second indication information is used to indicate whether the UE is allowed to report the bandwidth supported by the UE The bandwidth of at least one frequency point of different systems. The implementation manner of the second indication information may refer to the first indication information, except that the first indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the bandwidth on the frequency band supported by the terminal device.
步骤502:终端设备生成第一测量信息。Step 502: The terminal device generates first measurement information.
其中,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。Wherein, the first measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, and the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and bandwidth information on the first frequency point supported by the terminal device, so The first frequency point information is frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
在一些实施例中,所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息为:测量值大于预设值的频点。其中,测量值可以是RSRP、RSRQ,RS-SINR等,本申请不做限定。In some embodiments, the frequency point information satisfying a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second radio access technology is: a frequency point whose measured value is greater than a preset value. Wherein, the measurement value may be RSRP, RSRQ, RS-SINR, etc., which are not limited in this application.
一种可能的场景,第一测量信息可以用于指示多个第一频点信息,即终端设备可以根据第一配置消息,对指示测量至少一个频点进行测量,获得测量后的多个第一频点信息。之后,终端设备可以根据测量后的至少一个第一频点信息和终端设备自身支持的能力,生成第一测量信息。In a possible scenario, the first measurement information may be used to indicate multiple first frequency point information, that is, the terminal device may measure at least one frequency point indicated for measurement according to the first configuration message, and obtain multiple first frequency point information after measurement. Frequency information. Afterwards, the terminal device may generate first measurement information according to the measured at least one first frequency point information and capabilities supported by the terminal device itself.
在一些实施例中,终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点信息可以包括终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频点,终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息可以为终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频点上的至少一个带宽,即所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息可以是UE支持的异系统频点上的带宽。In some embodiments, the at least one first frequency point information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device may include at least one frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device The bandwidth information on the frequency point of the incoming technology may be at least one bandwidth on at least one frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, that is, the bandwidth information on the frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device The bandwidth information may be the bandwidth on frequency points of different systems supported by the UE.
其中,异系统频点可以是UE的测量报告中的异系统频点。即第一测量信息中UE支持的带宽为UE经过异系统小区/异系统频点的测量后,确定的信道质量较好的频点,因此,网络设备在根据第一测量信息选择待切换的目标小区时,可以更容易的切换到信道质量好的小区,提升切换性能。Wherein, the frequency point of the different system may be the frequency point of the different system in the measurement report of the UE. That is, the bandwidth supported by the UE in the first measurement information is the frequency point with better channel quality determined by the UE after the measurement of different system cells/different system frequency points. Therefore, the network device selects the target to be handed over according to the first measurement information. When using a cell, it is easier to switch to a cell with better channel quality, improving the switching performance.
其中,以异系统为NR系统为例,NR频点可以属于一个NR band上的频点。以异系统为E-UTRA系统为例,E-UTRA频点可以属于一个E-UTRA的band上的频点。Wherein, taking the different system as an NR system as an example, the NR frequency point may belong to a frequency point on one NR band. Taking the different system as an E-UTRA system as an example, the E-UTRA frequency point may belong to a frequency point on one E-UTRA band.
举例来说,当UE发现在当前网络设备的服务小区的信道质量不够好,UE可以开启异系统测量,例如在E-UTRA网络下测量NR网络频点的质量。当测量结果满足对应的测量上报触发事件,UE可以向网络设备上报测量报告(measurement report),该测量报告包括异系统小区/异系统频点的测量结果。For example, when the UE finds that the channel quality of the serving cell of the current network equipment is not good enough, the UE can start inter-system measurement, such as measuring the quality of NR network frequency points under the E-UTRA network. When the measurement result satisfies the corresponding measurement report trigger event, the UE can report a measurement report (measurement report) to the network device, and the measurement report includes the measurement result of the different-system cell/different-system frequency point.
示例的,第一测量信息中指示的第二无线接入技术的UE支持的至少一个第一频点的 带宽的字段可以为:包括一个或多个带宽值的第二指示字段。Exemplarily, the bandwidth field of at least one first frequency supported by the UE of the second radio access technology indicated in the first measurement information may be: a second indication field including one or more bandwidth values.
一种可能的实现方式,该第二指示字段的信令格式可以为比特串(bit string)或比特地图(bitmap)。In a possible implementation manner, the signaling format of the second indication field may be a bit string (bit string) or a bit map (bitmap).
第二指示字段的方式可以有多种,下面以方式b1~方式b5举例说明。There may be multiple manners of the second indication field, and the manners b1 to b5 are used as examples below to illustrate.
方式b1,第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点上的可能的带宽包括:N0个带宽,此时,第一测量信息中的第二指示字段可以包括N0(N0为大于1的整数)比特的比特串或比特地图。Mode b1, the possible bandwidth of at least one first frequency point of the second radio access technology includes: N0 bandwidths, at this time, the second indication field in the first measurement information may include N0 (N0 is an integer greater than 1 ) bit string or bitmap of bits.
此时,每一个比特可以对应一个带宽值,例如N0比特的第一个比特对应5MHz、N比特的第二个比特对应10MH等。每个比特位用于指示相应的带宽值是否支持,例如,对应的比特位设置为1则表示UE支持对应的带宽值,若对应的比特位设置为0则表示UE不支持对应的带宽值。At this time, each bit may correspond to a bandwidth value, for example, the first bit of N0 bits corresponds to 5 MHz, the second bit of N bits corresponds to 10 MH, and so on. Each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding bandwidth value is supported, for example, if the corresponding bit is set to 1, it means that the UE supports the corresponding bandwidth value, and if the corresponding bit is set to 0, it means that the UE does not support the corresponding bandwidth value.
需要说明的是,N0也可以与第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点所属的band对应的可能的带宽的数量N相等,此时,方式b1的第二指示字段可以沿用方式a1中的第一指示字段的结构,指示方式也可以沿用,区别在于第二指示字段中包括的是第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点上的UE支持的带宽。It should be noted that N0 may also be equal to the number N of possible bandwidths corresponding to the band to which at least one first frequency point of the second radio access technology belongs. The structure of the first indication field and the indication manner can also be used, the difference is that the second indication field includes the bandwidth supported by the UE on at least one first frequency point of the second radio access technology.
方式b2,UE支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点上的带宽包括:M0个带宽值,此时,一个带宽值可以对应一个字符,指示字段可以包括M0个带宽值对应的M0个字符。Mode b2, the bandwidth of at least one first frequency point of the second radio access technology supported by the UE includes: M0 bandwidth values, at this time, one bandwidth value may correspond to one character, and the indication field may include M0 bandwidth values corresponding to M0 characters.
举例来说,UE支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点上的带宽包括:5MHz、10MH。其中,5MHz对应的字符为a,10MH对应的字符为b,此时,指示字段可以携带字符a和字符b,用于指示UE支持的带宽为5MHz和10MH。For example, the bandwidth of at least one first frequency point of the second radio access technology supported by the UE includes: 5MHz and 10MH. Wherein, the character corresponding to 5MHz is a, and the character corresponding to 10MH is b. At this time, the indication field may carry character a and character b, which are used to indicate that the bandwidth supported by the UE is 5MHz and 10MH.
需要说明的是,方式b2的第二指示字段的指示方式也可以沿用方式b1中的第一指示字段的指示方式,区别在于第二指示字段中包括的是第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点上的UE支持的带宽。It should be noted that, the indication manner of the second indication field in manner b2 may also follow the indication manner of the first indication field in manner b1, the difference is that the second indication field includes at least one first indication field of the second radio access technology. The bandwidth supported by the UE on a frequency point.
应理解,上述仅为举例,本申请实施例对比特值所指示的内容不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an example, and the content indicated by the bit value is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
方式b3,UE支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点上的带宽可以区分上行带宽和下行带宽。例如,第二指示字段可以包括第二上行指示字段和第二下行指示字段。其中,第二上行指示字段用于指示UE支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点上的上行带宽,第二下行指示字段用于指示UE支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个第一频点上的下行带宽。In manner b3, the bandwidth of at least one first frequency point of the second radio access technology supported by the UE may be distinguished from uplink bandwidth and downlink bandwidth. For example, the second indication field may include a second uplink indication field and a second downlink indication field. Wherein, the second uplink indication field is used to indicate the uplink bandwidth on at least one first frequency point of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, and the second downlink indication field is used to indicate at least one frequency point of the second radio access technology supported by the UE. Downlink bandwidth on a first frequency point.
可以结合方式b1或结合方式b2,区分上行带宽和下行带宽,例如,第二上行指示字段中的比特是基于方式b1或方式b2指示UE支持的上行带宽,第二下行指示字段中的比特是基于方式b1或方式b2指示UE支持的下行带宽。在此不再赘述。The uplink bandwidth and downlink bandwidth can be distinguished in combination with mode b1 or mode b2. For example, the bits in the second uplink indication field indicate the uplink bandwidth supported by the UE based on mode b1 or mode b2, and the bits in the second downlink indication field are based on Way b1 or way b2 indicates the downlink bandwidth supported by the UE. I won't repeat them here.
再比如,第二指示字段还可以通过增加上行带宽和下行带宽的标识,仅携带上行带宽或仅携带下行带宽。即通过第二指示字段,分别发送上行带宽,和下行带宽。例如,第二指示字段包括:UE支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的上行带宽的比特,上行带宽的标识。再比如,第二指示字段包括:UE支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的下行带宽的比特,下行带宽的标识。For another example, the second indication field may carry only the uplink bandwidth or only the downlink bandwidth by adding the identifiers of the uplink bandwidth and the downlink bandwidth. That is, the uplink bandwidth and the downlink bandwidth are respectively sent through the second indication field. For example, the second indication field includes: bits of the uplink bandwidth on the frequency point of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, and an identifier of the uplink bandwidth. For another example, the second indication field includes: bits of the downlink bandwidth on the frequency point of the second radio access technology supported by the UE, and an identifier of the downlink bandwidth.
方式b4,UE支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽可以区分不同的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)。In way b4, the bandwidth on the frequency point of the second radio access technology supported by the UE can be divided into different subcarrier spacings (subcarrier spacing, SCS).
例如,第二指示字段可以包括K0个第二指示子字段。其中,每个第二指示子字段用于指示UE支持的一种子载波间隔的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽。For example, the second indication field may include K0 second indication subfields. Wherein, each second indication subfield is used to indicate the bandwidth on the frequency point of the second radio access technology with a subcarrier spacing supported by the UE.
一种可能的实现方式,结合方式b1,每个第二指示子字段可以为比特串(bit string)或比特地图(bitmap)。每种子载波间隔下,第二无线接入技术的band上的可能的上行带宽包括:N3个上行带宽,此时,每个第二指示子字段可以包括N3(N3为大于1的整数)比特的比特串或比特地图。当然,还可以结合方式b2,确定每个第一指示子字段,例如,每个第一指示子字段中的比特是基于方式b2指示该子载波间隔下UE支持的带宽。在此不再赘述。A possible implementation manner, in combination with manner b1, each second indicator subfield may be a bit string (bit string) or a bit map (bitmap). Under each subcarrier interval, the possible uplink bandwidth on the band of the second radio access technology includes: N3 uplink bandwidths, at this time, each second indication subfield may include N3 (N3 is an integer greater than 1) bits bitstring or bitmap. Of course, manner b2 may also be combined to determine each first indication subfield, for example, the bits in each first indication subfield indicate the bandwidth supported by the UE under the subcarrier spacing based on manner b2. I won't repeat them here.
另一种可能的实现方式,第二指示字段还可以通过增加子载波间隔的标识,第二指示字段携带相应的第二指示子字段。即通过第二指示字段,分别发送每种第二指示子字段。In another possible implementation manner, the second indication field may also add an identifier of a subcarrier spacing, and the second indication field carries a corresponding second indication subfield. That is, through the second indication field, each type of second indication subfield is sent separately.
例如,对FR1 NR band,第二指示字段包括:子载波间隔为15kHz下UE支持的FR1 NR band上的第一频点的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为15kHz的标识。For example, for the FR1 NR band, the second indication field includes: bits of the bandwidth of the first frequency point on the FR1 NR band supported by the UE at a subcarrier spacing of 15kHz, and an identification of a subcarrier spacing of 15kHz.
再比如,第一指示字段包括:子载波间隔为30Hz下UE支持的FR1 NR band上的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为30Hz的标识。再比如,第二指示字段包括:子载波间隔为60Hz下UE支持的FR1 NR band上的第一频点的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为60Hz的标识。For another example, the first indication field includes: bits of the bandwidth on the FR1 NR band supported by the UE at a subcarrier spacing of 30 Hz, and an indication that the subcarrier spacing is 30 Hz. For another example, the second indication field includes: bits of the bandwidth of the first frequency point on the FR1 NR band supported by the UE at a subcarrier spacing of 60 Hz, and an indication that the subcarrier spacing is 60 Hz.
再比如,对于FR2 NR band,第一指示字段包括:子载波间隔为60kHz下UE支持的FR2 NR band上的第二频点的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为60kHz的标识。再比如,第二指示字段包括:子载波间隔为120Hz下UE支持的FR2 NR band上的第二频点的带宽的比特,子载波间隔为120Hz的标识。For another example, for FR2 NR band, the first indication field includes: the bit of the bandwidth of the second frequency point on the FR2 NR band supported by the UE at the subcarrier spacing of 60kHz, and the subcarrier spacing is 60kHz. For another example, the second indication field includes: the bits of the bandwidth of the second frequency point on the FR2 NR band supported by the UE under the subcarrier spacing of 120Hz, and the subcarrier spacing of 120Hz.
再比如,方式b3和方式b4结合的方式,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;For another example, in a combination of mode b3 and mode b4, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that the terminal Bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the device;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息。具体可以参考方式a3和方式a4结合的方式,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on a frequency point. For details, reference may be made to the combination of the manner a3 and the manner a4, which will not be repeated here.
方式b5,终端设备还可以在确定第一频点的带宽信息后,上报第一频点所在的频段的带宽信息。In way b5, the terminal device may also report the bandwidth information of the frequency band where the first frequency point is located after determining the bandwidth information of the first frequency point.
举例来说,第二指示字段可以用于指示所述第一频点所在的频段上的至少一个带宽信息;For example, the second indication field may be used to indicate at least one piece of bandwidth information on the frequency band where the first frequency point is located;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点所在的频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate a subfield on the frequency band where the first frequency point is located. Bandwidth information corresponding to carrier spacing;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点所在的频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate a subfield on the frequency band where the first frequency point is located. Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information corresponding to the carrier spacing;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括第二上行指示字段或第二下行指示字段中的至少一项,第二上行指示字段用于指示所述第一频点所在的频段上的上行带宽信息;第二下行指示字段用于指示所述终所述第一频点所在的频段上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one of a second uplink indication field or a second downlink indication field, and the second uplink indication field is used to indicate uplink bandwidth information on the frequency band where the first frequency point is located; The second downlink indication field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the frequency band where the first frequency point is located.
在该示例中,第二指示字段的指示方式可以参考第一指示字段的指示方式,在此不再 赘述。In this example, the indication manner of the second indication field may refer to the indication manner of the first indication field, which will not be repeated here.
步骤503:终端设备将第一测量信息发送给网络设备。Step 503: the terminal device sends the first measurement information to the network device.
相应的,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一测量信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first measurement information sent by the terminal device.
需要说明的是,第一测量信息携带在测量包括或UE辅助信息中一起发送,也可以分开发送,在此不做限定。It should be noted that the first measurement information is carried in the measurement inclusion or UE assistance information and sent together, or may be sent separately, which is not limited here.
在步骤503中,终端设备将第一测量信息发送给网络设备的方式可以有多种,下面以方式B1-方式B2举例说明。In step 503, there may be multiple manners for the terminal device to send the first measurement information to the network device, and the manners B1-B2 are described below as examples.
方式B1,UE可以在网络设备请求UE上报时,上报第一测量信息。In manner B1, the UE may report the first measurement information when the network device requests the UE to report.
此时,终端设备可以在测量报告中携带第一测量信息。其中,测量报告可以用于指示终端设备测量得到的至少一个第一频点的测量值,测量报告中还可以包括:至少一个第一频点信息,每个第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息。At this time, the terminal device may carry the first measurement information in the measurement report. Wherein, the measurement report may be used to indicate the measurement value of at least one first frequency point measured by the terminal device, and the measurement report may further include: at least one first frequency point information, and each first frequency point information includes the first A frequency point and bandwidth information on the first frequency point supported by the terminal device.
以网络设备为E-UTRA网络设备为例,E-UTRA网络设备可以在第一配置消息中,发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示UE是否需要上报NR band上UE支持的带宽或异系统频点上UE支持的带宽,例如,第一配置消息可以是RRC重配消息等。Taking the network device as an E-UTRA network device as an example, the E-UTRA network device can send second indication information in the first configuration message, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the UE needs to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band Or the bandwidth supported by the UE on different system frequency points, for example, the first configuration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message and the like.
在E-UTRA网络设备向UE发送第二指示信息,指示UE上报NR band上/异系统频点上UE支持的带宽时,UE可以在“UE辅助信息”中上报NR band上UE支持的带宽或其他异系统频点上UE支持的带宽。在E-UTRA网络设备向UE发送第二指示信息,指示UE不需要或者不允许UE上报NR band上/异系统频点上UE支持的带宽时,UE可以在“UE辅助信息”中不上报NR band上UE支持的带宽或其他异系统频点上UE支持的带宽。When the E-UTRA network device sends the second indication information to the UE, instructing the UE to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band/different system frequency point, the UE can report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band in the "UE auxiliary information" or The bandwidth supported by the UE on other frequency points of different systems. When the E-UTRA network device sends the second indication information to the UE, indicating that the UE does not need or is not allowed to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band/different system frequency point, the UE may not report NR in the "UE auxiliary information" The bandwidth supported by the UE on the band or the bandwidth supported by the UE on other frequency points of different systems.
以网络设备为NR网络设备为例,NR网络设备可以在配置消息中发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示UE是否需要上报E-UTRA band上UE支持的带宽,或异系统频点上UE支持的带宽,例如,配置消息可以是RRC重配消息等。Taking the network device as an NR network device as an example, the NR network device can send the second indication information in the configuration message, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the UE needs to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the E-UTRA band, or the different system frequency Regarding the bandwidth supported by the UE, for example, the configuration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message, etc.
方式B2,UE可以在完成测量后,根据测量结果主动上报第一测量信息。In manner B2, after completing the measurement, the UE may actively report the first measurement information according to the measurement result.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以在上报测量报告后,确定触发上报UE辅助信息,或者在上报测量报告的同时,确定触发上报UE辅助信息。其中,终端设备可以在测量报告中指示终端设备测量得到的至少一个第一频点的测量值。UE辅助信息中可以携带至少一个第一频点信息,每个第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine to trigger reporting of UE auxiliary information after reporting the measurement report, or determine to trigger reporting of UE auxiliary information while reporting the measurement report. Wherein, the terminal device may indicate the measurement value of at least one first frequency point measured by the terminal device in the measurement report. The UE assistance information may carry at least one first frequency point information, and each first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and bandwidth information on the first frequency point supported by the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,在网络设备接收到UE发送的测量报告后,网络设备可以根据UE测量的邻区频点的信道质量,确定UE在当前服务小区的信道质量不够好,网络设备可以根据UE上报的测量报告,确定终端设备满足触发小区切换的条件。例如,源网络设备可以将UE测量的邻区频点的信道质量高的小区,作为切换后的候选目标小区,可选的,源网络设备还可以根据第一测量信息中的频点信息,从候选目标小区中确定出目标小区,从而,将目标小区对应的网络设备,作为目标网络设备。In a possible implementation, after the network device receives the measurement report sent by the UE, the network device can determine that the channel quality of the UE in the current serving cell is not good enough according to the channel quality of the adjacent cell frequency measured by the UE. The measurement report reported by the UE determines that the terminal device meets the conditions for triggering cell handover. For example, the source network device may use a cell with a high channel quality at a neighboring cell frequency measured by the UE as a candidate target cell after handover. Optionally, the source network device may also select the frequency point information in the first measurement information from The target cell is determined from the candidate target cells, so that the network device corresponding to the target cell is used as the target network device.
当然,源网络设备也可以先基于第一测量信息中的频点信息确定候选目标小区,进而,再根据测量报告对候选目标小区的参考信号测量值进行比较,选择信道质量高的小区,作为切换后的目标小区。具体方式可以参考步骤405,在此不再赘述。Of course, the source network device may first determine the candidate target cell based on the frequency point information in the first measurement information, and then compare the reference signal measurement values of the candidate target cells according to the measurement report, and select a cell with high channel quality as the handover after the target area. For a specific manner, reference may be made to step 405, which will not be repeated here.
一种可能的场景中,终端设备101附着于源网络设备230期间,可以周期性向源网络设备230发送信号测量报告,源网络设备230根据终端设备101的信号测量报告判断是否 需要将该终端设备101切换至其他网络设备,并根据该信号测量报告和第一测量信息为该终端设备选择待切换的目标网络设备231,并通知目标网络设备231为终端设备101准备接入资源,以及通知终端设备101接入目标网络设备231。In a possible scenario, when the terminal device 101 is attached to the source network device 230, it can periodically send a signal measurement report to the source network device 230, and the source network device 230 judges whether the terminal device 101 needs to be connected according to the signal measurement report of the terminal device 101. Handover to other network devices, and select a target network device 231 to be switched for the terminal device according to the signal measurement report and the first measurement information, and notify the target network device 231 to prepare access resources for the terminal device 101, and notify the terminal device 101 Access the target network device 231 .
可选的,网络设备可以在配置测量时(如RRC重配消息中)指示UE是否需要上报异系统频点上UE支持的带宽。Optionally, the network device may indicate whether the UE needs to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on a different system frequency point when configuring the measurement (for example, in an RRC reconfiguration message).
若E-UTRA网络设备指示需要或者允许UE上报异系统频点上UE支持的带宽,则UE在“测量报告”中上报异系统频点上UE支持的带宽;若E-UTRA网络设备指示不需要或者不允许UE上报异系统频点上UE支持的带宽,则UE在“测量报告”中不上报异系统频点上UE支持的带宽。If the E-UTRA network device indicates that it needs or allows the UE to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the different system frequency point, the UE will report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the different system frequency point in the "Measurement Report"; if the E-UTRA network device indicates that it does not need Or the UE is not allowed to report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the different system frequency, then the UE will not report the bandwidth supported by the UE on the different system frequency in the "measurement report".
步骤504:网络设备根据第一测量信息,确定第一频点信息。Step 504: The network device determines first frequency point information according to the first measurement information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备可以根据第一测量信息,确定第一频点信息,其中,第一频点信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的第一频点和所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的第一频点上的带宽。In a possible implementation manner, the network device may determine the first frequency point information according to the first measurement information, where the first frequency point information includes: the first frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device point and the bandwidth on the first frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device.
在切换场景中,网络设备可以为源网络设备,此时,源网络设备可以根据第一频点信息和测量报告,确定终端设备的目标网络设备。In the handover scenario, the network device may be a source network device. At this time, the source network device may determine the target network device of the terminal device according to the first frequency point information and the measurement report.
可选的,步骤505:网络设备根据第一频点信息,向终端设备的目标网络设备发送切换请求。Optionally, step 505: the network device sends a switching request to the target network device of the terminal device according to the first frequency point information.
例如,网络设备可以基于测量报告,确定候选目标网络设备。具体实现方式可以参考步骤405,在此不再赘述。进而,网络设备根据候选目标网络设备支持的频段信息,及候选目标网络设备在支持的频段上的带宽信息,与第一频点信息对应的第一频段信息进行比较,确定目标网络设备。For example, the network device may determine a candidate target network device based on the measurement report. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to step 405, which will not be repeated here. Furthermore, the network device determines the target network device by comparing the frequency band information supported by the candidate target network device and the bandwidth information of the candidate target network device on the supported frequency band with the first frequency band information corresponding to the first frequency point information.
在另一种可能的实现方式,网络设备可以根据第一频点信息,确定第一频段信息。其中,第一频段信息包括:所述第一频点所在的频段的频段信息和所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术在所述第一频点所在的频段上的带宽信息。以便后续在进行目标网络设备的选择时,可以使用第一频段信息与候选目标网络设备支持的频段信息,及候选目标网络设备在支持的频段上的带宽信息进行比较,确定目标网络设备。In another possible implementation manner, the network device may determine the first frequency band information according to the first frequency point information. Wherein, the first frequency band information includes: frequency band information of the frequency band where the first frequency point is located and bandwidth information of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device on the frequency band where the first frequency point is located. In order to select the target network device later, the first frequency band information can be compared with the frequency band information supported by the candidate target network device and the bandwidth information of the candidate target network device on the supported frequency band to determine the target network device.
可选的,网络设备还可以在确定UE的目标网络设备后,向目标网络设备发送切换请求。网络设备根据第一测量信息和测量报告,确定UE的目标网络设备的方式,可以参考图4中网络设备根据第一能力信息中的频段信息和测量报告,确定UE的目标网络设备的方式,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the network device may also send a handover request to the target network device after determining the target network device of the UE. The manner in which the network device determines the target network device of the UE according to the first measurement information and the measurement report may refer to the manner in which the network device determines the target network device of the UE according to the frequency band information and the measurement report in the first capability information in FIG. 4 . This will not be repeated here.
通过上述方法,网络设备能够获取UE支持的异系统的频点上的带宽能力。有效减少小区切换准备失败概率,以及减少小区切换时延和信令开销。且不增加网络设备的实现复杂度。相比示例一,有助于降低信令的开销。Through the foregoing method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability of the frequency point of the different system supported by the UE. Effectively reduce the probability of cell handover preparation failure, and reduce cell handover delay and signaling overhead. And the implementation complexity of the network device is not increased. Compared with Example 1, it helps to reduce signaling overhead.
场景二scene two
本申请应用的场景可以还可以是终端设备通过多种无线接收技术工作在多连接的场景中。无线接入技术包括:新无线技术(New radio,NR),演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入技术(Evolved-UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access,E-UTRA),E-UTRA-NR技术,通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入技术(UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access,UTRA),增强型数据速率GSM演进无线接入技术(GSM EDGE Radio Access Network,GERAN), cdma2000-1XRTT。The application scenario of this application may also be that the terminal device works in a multi-connection scenario through multiple wireless receiving technologies. Wireless access technologies include: New radio technology (New radio, NR), Evolved-UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access technology (Evolved-UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access, E-UTRA), E-UTRA-NR technology, universal mobile communication System terrestrial radio access technology (UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access, UTRA), enhanced data rate GSM evolution radio access technology (GSM EDGE Radio Access Network, GERAN), cdma2000-1XRTT.
比如,双连接(dual connectivity,DC)及两个以上的多个连接。而UE同时连接到两个不同接入技术的基站的场景,可以称为多接入技术双连接(Multi-RAT Dual Connectivity,MR-DC)。在双连接场景中,终端设备可以同时接入到主网络设备和辅网络设备(也称为源设备和目标设备)。例如,对于E-UTRA-NR技术,运营商在部署中可以配置E-UTRA基站和NR基站一起与UE进行通信,即利用了E-UTRA的频率传输数据,也利用了NR的频率传输数据,提高了UE的吞吐量。需要说明的是,主网络设备和辅网络设备可以部署在同一个站点上,也可以部署在不同的站点上。并且,当主网络设备和辅网络设备可以部署在同一个站点时,主网络设备和辅网络设备可以共享同一套硬件设备,也可以使用不同的硬件设备。For example, dual connectivity (DC) and multiple connections of more than two. The scenario where the UE is simultaneously connected to two base stations with different access technologies can be called Multi-RAT Dual Connectivity (MR-DC). In a dual connectivity scenario, a terminal device can simultaneously access a primary network device and a secondary network device (also referred to as a source device and a target device). For example, for the E-UTRA-NR technology, the operator can configure the E-UTRA base station and the NR base station to communicate with the UE during deployment, that is, the frequency of E-UTRA is used to transmit data, and the frequency of NR is also used to transmit data. The throughput of the UE is improved. It should be noted that the primary network device and the secondary network device may be deployed on the same site, or may be deployed on different sites. Moreover, when the primary network device and the secondary network device can be deployed at the same site, the primary network device and the secondary network device can share the same set of hardware devices, or use different hardware devices.
参见图6a,为主网络设备和辅网络设备部署在不同站点的双连接场景的示意图。其中,网络设备201可以表示主网络设备,网络设备202可以表示辅网络设备,主网络设备可以为LTE网络设备(如eNB)、5G网络设备(如gNB)或未来通信系统中的网络设备中的一个,辅网络设备也可以为LTE网络设备、5G网络设备或未来通信系统中的网络设备中的一个。并且主网络设备和辅网络设备可以是相同制式的网络设备,比如都是eNB,也可以是不同制式的网络设备,比如主网络设备是eNB,辅网络设备是gNB。本申请对于主网络设备和辅网络设备的通信制式不做限定。Referring to FIG. 6a, it is a schematic diagram of a dual connectivity scenario in which the primary network device and the secondary network device are deployed at different sites. Among them, the network device 201 may represent the primary network device, the network device 202 may represent the secondary network device, and the primary network device may be an LTE network device (such as eNB), a 5G network device (such as gNB) or a network device in a future communication system. One, the auxiliary network device may also be one of LTE network device, 5G network device or network device in the future communication system. In addition, the primary network device and the secondary network device may be network devices of the same standard, such as eNBs, or network devices of different standards, such as the primary network device is an eNB, and the secondary network device is a gNB. This application does not limit the communication modes of the primary network device and the secondary network device.
当E-UTRA的基站作为主基站(Master Node,MN),NR的基站作为辅基站(Secondary Node,SN)时,该场景具体称为MR-DC中的E-UTRA-NR双连接(E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity,EN-DC);当NR的基站作为主基站,E-UTRA的基站作为辅基站时,场景具体称为MR-DC中的NR-E-UTRA双连接(NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity,NE-DC)。When the E-UTRA base station serves as the master base station (Master Node, MN) and the NR base station serves as the secondary base station (Secondary Node, SN), this scenario is specifically called E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity (E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity) in MR-DC. UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity, EN-DC); when the NR base station serves as the primary base station and the E-UTRA base station serves as the secondary base station, the scenario is specifically called NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity (NR-E-UTRA) in MR-DC UTRA Dual Connectivity, NE-DC).
在本申请的一实施例中,主网络设备工作在LTE系统中,主网络设备为LTE网络设备,即主网络设备可以覆盖一个或多个LTE小区。辅网络设备工作在NR系统中,辅网络设备为5G网络设备,即辅网络设备可以覆盖一个或多个NR小区。对应的,终端设备101既支持LTE系统也支持NR系统,即终端设备101可以同时接入主网络设备覆盖形成的LTE小区和辅网络设备覆盖形成的NR小区。其中,终端设备接入的主网络设备覆盖的小区也可以称为主小区(PCell),终端设备接入的辅网络设备覆盖的小区可以称为辅小区(second cell)。示例性地,终端设备101可以通过主小区和至少一个辅小区进行业务传输,即终端设备101在与主网络设备进行数据传输时,也可以与辅网络设备进行数据传输。In an embodiment of the present application, the main network device works in the LTE system, and the main network device is an LTE network device, that is, the main network device can cover one or more LTE cells. The auxiliary network equipment works in the NR system, and the auxiliary network equipment is 5G network equipment, that is, the auxiliary network equipment can cover one or more NR cells. Correspondingly, the terminal device 101 supports both the LTE system and the NR system, that is, the terminal device 101 can simultaneously access the LTE cell formed by the primary network device coverage and the NR cell formed by the secondary network device coverage. Wherein, the cell covered by the primary network device accessed by the terminal device may also be called a primary cell (PCell), and the cell covered by the secondary network device accessed by the terminal device may be called a secondary cell (second cell). Exemplarily, the terminal device 101 may perform service transmission through the primary cell and at least one secondary cell, that is, when the terminal device 101 performs data transmission with the primary network device, it may also perform data transmission with the secondary network device.
参见图6b,为主网络设备和辅网络设备部署在同一站点(图6b以网络设备203为例)的双连接场景的示意图。示例性地,图6b中,网络设备203可以同时工作在LTE系统与NR系统,即网络设备203可以同时覆盖形成LTE小区连接和NR小区连接。终端设备101可以同时接入LTE小区和NR小区。Referring to FIG. 6b, it is a schematic diagram of a dual connectivity scenario in which the primary network device and the secondary network device are deployed at the same site (the network device 203 is taken as an example in FIG. 6b). Exemplarily, in FIG. 6b, the network device 203 can work in both the LTE system and the NR system, that is, the network device 203 can cover and form LTE cell connections and NR cell connections at the same time. The terminal device 101 can access the LTE cell and the NR cell at the same time.
上述场景是对双连接场景的举例,当然这只是示例,双连接场景还可以存在其他情况,在此不再赘述。本申请实施例中的终端设备除双连接场景外,还可以支持两个以上的连接场景。例如,上述示例中,终端设备101还可以同时接入三个或三个以上的网络设备覆盖形成的小区中,例如,以三个网络设备为例,该三个网络设备包含一个主网络设备和两个辅网络设备,终端设备可以同时接入该一个主网络设备和两个辅网络设备,该一个主网络设备和两个辅网络设备可以部署在一个或多个网络设备上,示例性,可以分别部署在三个网络设备上,也可以部分在一个网络设备,或者部署在两个网络设备上。参见图6c所示, 其中,主网络设备部署在网络设备210上,两个辅网络设备中的一个辅网络设备部署在网络设备211上,另一个辅网络设备部署在网络设备212上,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The above-mentioned scenario is an example of a dual-connection scenario. Of course, this is just an example. There may be other situations in the dual-connection scenario, which will not be repeated here. In addition to the dual connection scenario, the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also support more than two connection scenarios. For example, in the above example, the terminal device 101 can also simultaneously access a cell formed by the coverage of three or more network devices. For example, taking three network devices as an example, the three network devices include a master network device and Two secondary network devices, the terminal device can simultaneously access the one primary network device and the two secondary network devices, the one primary network device and the two secondary network devices can be deployed on one or more network devices, for example, can They are respectively deployed on three network devices, or partly on one network device, or deployed on two network devices. Referring to FIG. 6c, where the primary network device is deployed on network device 210, one of the two secondary network devices is deployed on network device 211, and the other secondary network device is deployed on network device 212. This application The embodiment does not limit this.
上述以不同网络设备的角度对多连接场景进行了介绍,同理,在本申请的另一实施例中,多连接还可以是指终端设备同时接入两个或两个以上的小区,或者,终端设备同时接入同一网络设备下的多个载波,或同一小区下的多个载波。举例来说,多连接场景还可以包括,终端设备同时接入同一网络设备或不同网络设备覆盖的至少两个小区中,该至少两个小区可以是单载波连接也可以是多载波连接。或者,终端设备接入一个小区,该一个小区为多载波连接,例如,LTE下每个单小区的单载波带宽为1.6M,若每个LTE单小区的总带宽为10M时,则每个LTE单小区就需要6个载波,终端设备同时接入该一个LTE单小区的2至6个载波时,也可以称为多连接。上述终端设备支持接入多个载波的场景也可以称为载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)。应理解的是,能够工作在多连接场景的终端设备可以是支持DC类的频段组合(band combination,BC),也可以是支持载波聚合类的频段组合。The above describes the multi-connection scenario from the perspective of different network devices. Similarly, in another embodiment of the present application, multi-connection may also mean that a terminal device accesses two or more cells at the same time, or, A terminal device simultaneously accesses multiple carriers under the same network device, or multiple carriers under the same cell. For example, the multi-connection scenario may also include that the terminal device simultaneously accesses at least two cells covered by the same network device or different network devices, and the at least two cells may be single-carrier connections or multi-carrier connections. Or, the terminal device accesses a cell, which is a multi-carrier connection. For example, the single-carrier bandwidth of each single cell under LTE is 1.6M. If the total bandwidth of each LTE single cell is 10M, each LTE A single cell requires 6 carriers. When a terminal device simultaneously accesses 2 to 6 carriers of the single LTE cell, it can also be called multi-connection. The foregoing scenario in which the terminal device supports access to multiple carriers may also be referred to as carrier aggregation (carrier aggregation, CA). It should be understood that the terminal device capable of working in a multi-connection scenario may be a frequency band combination (band combination, BC) that supports DC, or a frequency band combination that supports carrier aggregation.
考虑到UE可能同时在两个网络设备的覆盖下,此时主网络设备可以为UE添加辅网络设备从而提高UE的吞吐量。Considering that the UE may be under the coverage of two network devices at the same time, the primary network device may add a secondary network device for the UE so as to improve the throughput of the UE.
一种可能的场景,主网络设备可以根据UE测量的邻区频点的信道质量的好坏,确定UE将要添加的辅网络设备。In a possible scenario, the primary network device may determine the secondary network device to be added by the UE according to the channel quality of the adjacent cell frequency measured by the UE.
UE在接入主网络设备之后,需要向主网络设备以及核心网上报UE能力。UE能力通过专门的UE能力消息(UECapabilityInformation)上报,UE能力消息中可以包含该UE在多种无线接入技术(Radio Access Technology,RAT)中的能力。After the UE accesses the main network device, it needs to report the UE capability to the main network device and the core network. The UE capability is reported through a special UE capability message (UECapabilityInformation), and the UE capability message may include the capability of the UE in multiple radio access technologies (Radio Access Technology, RAT).
例如,主网络设备为E-UTRA网络设备,E-UTRA(LTE)网络设备解析eutra的能力信息,即EUTRA容器(EUTRA container)或终端设备的EUTRA的能力信息(UE-EUTRA-Capability),E-UTRA(LTE)网络设备不能解析NR容器(NR container)或终端设备的NR的能力信息(UE-NR-Capability)或NR能力。在进行辅小区添加或更新的过程中,若确定辅网络设备为NR网络设备,E-UTRA(LTE)网络设备只能根据EUTRA容器中的eutra能力信息中,包括的UE在EN-DC双连接接入技术下支持的NR频段(band),确定一个NR网络设备为辅网络设备,并向该NR网络设备发起辅网络设备的添加请求、或者发起辅网络设备的变更请求。但是,由于主网络设备是根据UE支持的NR频段确定的辅网络设备,该辅网络设备支持的带宽与UE支持的NR的带宽可能不匹配,导致UE无法成功添加该辅网络设备。For example, the main network device is an E-UTRA network device, and the E-UTRA (LTE) network device parses eutra capability information, that is, the EUTRA container (EUTRA container) or EUTRA capability information (UE-EUTRA-Capability) of the terminal device. -UTRA (LTE) network equipment cannot resolve NR container (NR container) or NR capability information (UE-NR-Capability) or NR capability of terminal equipment. In the process of adding or updating the secondary cell, if it is determined that the secondary network device is an NR network device, the E-UTRA (LTE) network device can only use the eutra capability information in the EUTRA container to include the UE in the EN-DC dual connection Access the NR frequency band (band) supported by the technology, determine an NR network device as a secondary network device, and initiate a request to add a secondary network device to the NR network device, or initiate a request to change a secondary network device. However, since the primary network device is a secondary network device determined according to the NR frequency band supported by the UE, the bandwidth supported by the secondary network device may not match the NR bandwidth supported by the UE, resulting in the UE being unable to successfully add the secondary network device.
再比如,主网络设备为NR网络设备,NR网络设备需要解析nr的能力信息,即NR容器(NR container)或终端设备的NR的能力信息(UE-NR-Capability),在nr能力信息中,可以包括UE在EN-DC双连接接入技术下支持的E-UTRA(LTE)频段(band)。NR网络设备不能解析E-UTRA容器或E-UTRA能力。在进行辅小区添加或更新的过程中,若确定辅网络设备为E-UTRA(LTE)网络设备,NR网络设备只能根据NR容器中,包括的UE在EN-DC双连接接入技术下支持的E-UTRA频段(band),确定辅网络设备。但是,由于NR网络设备是根据UE支持的E-UTRA频段确定的辅网络设备,该辅网络设备支持的带宽与UE支持的E-UTRA的带宽可能不匹配,导致UE无法成功添加或变更该辅网络设备。For another example, the main network device is an NR network device, and the NR network device needs to analyze the capability information of NR, that is, the NR capability information (UE-NR-Capability) of the NR container (NR container) or the terminal device. In the NR capability information, It may include the E-UTRA (LTE) frequency band (band) supported by the UE under the EN-DC dual connectivity access technology. NR network devices cannot parse E-UTRA containers or E-UTRA capabilities. In the process of adding or updating the secondary cell, if the secondary network device is determined to be an E-UTRA (LTE) network device, the NR network device can only support the UE under the EN-DC dual connectivity access technology according to the NR container. The E-UTRA frequency band (band) determines the secondary network equipment. However, since the NR network device is a secondary network device determined according to the E-UTRA frequency band supported by the UE, the bandwidth supported by the secondary network device may not match the E-UTRA bandwidth supported by the UE, resulting in the UE being unable to successfully add or change the secondary network device. Network equipment.
综上,主网络设备只能通过解析同系统的容器或能力,获得异系统的UE支持的频段,无法解析异系统的容器或能力,导致不能确定UE在该频段上支持的带宽。因此,主网络设备根据该异系统的UE支持的band信息确定UE将要添加的辅网络设备时,可能出现辅网络设备与UE支持的带宽并不匹配,从而拒绝UE的辅网路设备添加,导致了辅网路设备添加失败概率增加,同时带来了更大的辅网路设备添加时延,以及更大的信令开销。To sum up, the main network device can only obtain the frequency band supported by the UE of the different system by analyzing the container or capability of the same system, but cannot analyze the container or capability of the different system, resulting in the inability to determine the bandwidth supported by the UE on the frequency band. Therefore, when the primary network device determines the secondary network device to be added by the UE according to the band information supported by the UE of the different system, it may occur that the secondary network device does not match the bandwidth supported by the UE, thus rejecting the addition of the secondary network device of the UE, resulting in This increases the failure probability of adding auxiliary network equipment, and at the same time brings greater delay in adding auxiliary network equipment and greater signaling overhead.
示例三Example three
基于上述问题,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法。该方法可以应用于如图1的系统架构及图6a-图6c中任一场景所示的系统中,如图7所示,该方法可以包括如下步骤:Based on the foregoing problems, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. The method can be applied to the system architecture shown in Figure 1 and the system shown in any of the scenarios in Figures 6a-6c, as shown in Figure 7, the method can include the following steps:
步骤701:终端设备根据自身支持的能力,生成第一能力信息。Step 701: The terminal device generates first capability information according to the capabilities supported by itself.
其中,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,所述第一能力信息还包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息;所述频段信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,所述第一无线接入技术与所述第二无线接入技术为不同的无线接入技术。Wherein, the first capability information is used to indicate the capability of the first wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and the first capability information further includes: frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device The frequency band information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band, and the first wireless access technology and The second radio access technology is a different radio access technology.
可选的,终端设备还可以在生成第一能力信息之前,接收网络设备发送的UE能力请求消息,可选的,UE能力请求消息还可以包括第一指示信息,具体可以参考步骤301,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the terminal device may also receive a UE capability request message sent by the network device before generating the first capability information. Optionally, the UE capability request message may also include first indication information. For details, refer to step 301. Here No longer.
对于辅网络设备添加或辅网络设备更新场景,终端设备可以生成eutra能力信息、nr能力信息和eutra-nr能力信息。For the scenario of adding a secondary network device or updating a secondary network device, the terminal device may generate eutra capability information, nr capability information and eutra-nr capability information.
以第一无线接入技术为E-UTRA,第二无线接入技术可以为E-UTRA-NR无线接入技术为例。一种可能的实现方式,第一能力信息可以为携带在EUTRA容器中的eutra能力信息。Taking the first radio access technology as E-UTRA and the second radio access technology as E-UTRA-NR radio access technology as an example. In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information may be eutra capability information carried in the EUTRA container.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一能力信息可以不携带在E-UTRA容器中,例如,第一能力信息可以携带在MR-DC容器中,E-UTRA网络设备可以在进行辅网络设备添加或辅网络设备的变更时,解析MR-DC容器,以获得第一能力信息。In another possible implementation manner, the first capability information may not be carried in the E-UTRA container, for example, the first capability information may be carried in the MR-DC container, and the E-UTRA network device may add or add a secondary network device. When the secondary network device is changed, the MR-DC container is parsed to obtain the first capability information.
在一些实施例中,第一能力信息还可以包括:UE在EN-DC双连接下支持的NR band,及NR band上UE支持的带宽。以使支持E-UTRA无线接入技术的网络设备可以通过解析E-UTRA容器获得UE支持的E-UTRA-NR无线接入技术下支持的NR band上的带宽,提高UE添加或变更辅网络设备,切换至EN-DC双连接的成功率。In some embodiments, the first capability information may further include: the NR band supported by the UE under EN-DC dual connectivity, and the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band. So that the network equipment supporting the E-UTRA radio access technology can obtain the bandwidth on the NR band supported by the E-UTRA-NR radio access technology supported by the UE by parsing the E-UTRA container, and improve the UE to add or change the secondary network equipment , the success rate of switching to EN-DC dual connectivity.
考虑到nr能力信息中本身包括了UE在EN-DC双连接下支持的NR band、以及NR band上UE支持的带宽,因此,终端设备在确定第一能力信息时,UE可以根据nr能力信息中NR band上UE支持的带宽和/或eutra-nr能力信息中NR band上UE支持的带宽,确定第一能力信息中NR band上UE支持的带宽的取值。Considering that the nr capability information itself includes the NR band supported by the UE under EN-DC dual connectivity and the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band, when the terminal device determines the first capability information, the UE can use the nr capability information in The bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band and/or the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band in the eutra-nr capability information determines the value of the bandwidth supported by the UE on the NR band in the first capability information.
以第一无线接入技术为NR,第二无线接入技术可以为NR-E-UTRA无线接入技术为例。Taking the first radio access technology as NR and the second radio access technology as NR-E-UTRA radio access technology as an example.
此时,一种可能的实现方式,第一能力信息可以为携带在NR容器中的nr能力信息。In this case, in a possible implementation manner, the first capability information may be nr capability information carried in the NR container.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一能力信息可以不携带在NR容器中,例如,第一能力信息可以携带在MR-DC容器中,NR网络设备可以在进行辅网络设备添加或辅网络设备的变更时,解析MR-DC容器,以获得第一能力信息。In another possible implementation manner, the first capability information may not be carried in the NR container, for example, the first capability information may be carried in the MR-DC container, and the NR network device may add the secondary network device or the secondary network device When changing, the MR-DC container is parsed to obtain the first capability information.
在另一些实施例中,UE能力信息还可以包括:第三能力信息,例如,第三能力信息可以包括:UE在EN-DC双连接下支持的E-UTRA的band,及E-UTRA的band上UE支持的带宽。以使支持NR无线接入技术的网络设备可以通过解析E-UTRA容器获得UE支持的E-UTRA-NR无线接入技术下支持的E-UTRA的band及E-UTRA的band上的带宽,提高UE添加辅网络设备,切换至EN-DC双连接的成功率。In other embodiments, the UE capability information may further include: third capability information, for example, the third capability information may include: the E-UTRA band supported by the UE under EN-DC dual connectivity, and the E-UTRA band bandwidth supported by the UE. The network equipment supporting NR radio access technology can obtain the E-UTRA band supported by the UE supported by the E-UTRA-NR radio access technology and the bandwidth on the E-UTRA band by parsing the E-UTRA container, thereby improving The UE adds a secondary network device and switches to the success rate of EN-DC dual connectivity.
考虑到eutra能力信息中本身包括了UE在EN-DC双连接下支持的EUTRA的band、以及EUTRA的band上UE支持的带宽,因此,终端设备在确定第一能力信息时,UE可以根据eutra能力信息中EUTRA的band上UE支持的带宽和/或eutra-nr能力信息中EUTRA的band上UE支持的带宽,确定第一能力信息中EUTRA的band上UE支持的带宽的取值。Considering that the eutra capability information itself includes the EUTRA band supported by the UE under EN-DC dual connectivity and the bandwidth supported by the UE on the EUTRA band, when the terminal device determines the first capability information, the UE can use the eutra capability The bandwidth supported by the UE on the EUTRA band in the information and/or the bandwidth supported by the UE on the EUTRA band in the eutra-nr capability information, determine the value of the bandwidth supported by the UE on the EUTRA band in the first capability information.
可选的,UE能力信息可以包括:第一能力信息和第二能力信息,其中,第二能力信息用于指示UE支持的第二无线接入技术的能力信息。所述第二能力信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。第二能力信息可以携带在第二无线接入技术的容器中发送给网络设备。需要说明的是,第一能力信息可以参考步骤301的生成方式,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the UE capability information may include: first capability information and second capability information, where the second capability information is used to indicate capability information of the second radio access technology supported by the UE. The second capability information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band. The second capability information may be carried in the container of the second radio access technology and sent to the network device. It should be noted that, for the first capability information, reference may be made to the manner of generating the first capability information in step 301, which will not be repeated here.
步骤702:终端设备将第一能力信息发送给网络设备。Step 702: The terminal device sends the first capability information to the network device.
相应的,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一能力信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first capability information sent by the terminal device.
具体的,终端设备将第一能力信息发送给网络设备的方式可以参考步骤302,在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the manner in which the terminal device sends the first capability information to the network device, reference may be made to step 302, which will not be repeated here.
步骤703:网络设备根据第一能力信息,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段信息。Step 703: The network device determines at least one frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device according to the first capability information.
可选的,步骤704:根据频段信息,向目标网络设备发送辅小区添加请求或辅小区变更请求。Optionally, step 704: Send a secondary cell addition request or a secondary cell change request to the target network device according to the frequency band information.
对于辅小区添加或辅小区变更场景,接收第一能力信息的网络设备为网络设备,网络设备根据第一能力信息,确定UE的目标网络设备(此时,可以为目标辅网络设备)。进而,网络设备还可以在确定终端设备的目标辅网络设备后,向目标网络设备发送辅小区添加请求或辅小区变更请求。For the scenario of adding a secondary cell or changing a secondary cell, the network device that receives the first capability information is the network device, and the network device determines the target network device of the UE (in this case, it may be the target secondary network device) according to the first capability information. Furthermore, after determining the target secondary network device of the terminal device, the network device may send a secondary cell addition request or a secondary cell change request to the target network device.
参见图8,为本申请实施例提供的一种辅小区添加的方法所对应的流程示意图,该方法可以包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 8 , it is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a method for adding a secondary cell provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
步骤801:网络设备向终端设备发送UE能力请求消息。Step 801: the network device sends a UE capability request message to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收网络设备发送的UE能力消息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the UE capability message sent by the network device.
可选的,UE能力请求消息中可以包括第一指示信息。Optionally, the first indication information may be included in the UE capability request message.
步骤802:终端设备根据自身支持的能力,生成第一能力信息。Step 802: The terminal device generates first capability information according to the capabilities supported by itself.
具体可以参见步骤701,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to step 701, which will not be repeated here.
步骤803:终端设备向网络设备发送第一能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一能力信息。Step 803: the terminal device sends the first capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the first capability information sent by the terminal device.
具体可以参见步骤702,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to step 702, which will not be repeated here.
步骤804:终端设备向网络设备发送测量报告,对应的,网络设备接收终端设备发送的测量报告。Step 804: the terminal device sends a measurement report to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the measurement report sent by the terminal device.
具体可以参见步骤404,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to step 404, which will not be repeated here.
步骤805:源络设备根据第一能力信息和测量报告,确定终端设备的目标辅网络设备。Step 805: The source network device determines the target secondary network device of the terminal device according to the first capability information and the measurement report.
在步骤805中,网络设备可以根据测量报告,确定将该终端设备的候选目标辅网络设备。In step 805, the network device may determine a candidate target secondary network device for the terminal device according to the measurement report.
其中,测量报告中可以包括同系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值,还可以包括异系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值。其中,测量值可以是RSRP、RSRQ,RS-SINR等,本申请不做限定。Wherein, the measurement report may include a measurement value of at least one frequency point of a cell of the same system, and may also include a measurement value of at least one frequency point of a cell of a different system. Wherein, the measurement value may be RSRP, RSRQ, RS-SINR, etc., which are not limited in this application.
举例来说,在网络设备确定所述终端设备的服务小区的吞吐量小于第三预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的异系统的其他小区的测量值大于第四预设阈值时,可以触发辅小区添加,以提升终端设备的数据传输的吞吐量。当然,还可以通过其他方式触发辅小区添加的场景。For example, when the network device determines that the throughput of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than a third preset threshold, and the measured values of other cells of different systems supported by the terminal device are greater than a fourth preset threshold, it may trigger The secondary cell is added to improve the throughput of data transmission of the terminal equipment. Of course, the scenario of adding the secondary cell can also be triggered in other ways.
在确定触发辅小区添加场景后,网络设备可以根据测量报告中的异系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值,确定候选目标辅小区,进而,确定候选目标辅小区对应的候选目标辅网络设备。After determining to trigger the adding of the secondary cell, the network device may determine the candidate target secondary cell according to the measurement value of at least one frequency point of a cell of a different system in the measurement report, and then determine the candidate target secondary network device corresponding to the candidate target secondary cell .
网络设备可以根据终端设备的测量报告,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值。其中,其他小区可以是终端设备的邻小区。之后,可以根据其他小区的测量值,确定候选目标辅网络设备。例如,将所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第二预设阈值的其他小区对应的目标辅网络设备作为待添加的候选目标辅网络设备,在候选目标辅网络设备为多个时,可以优先将测量值最好的,即信道质量最好的小区作为该次添加的候选目标辅网络设备。The network device may determine the measurement values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device according to the measurement report of the terminal device. Wherein, other cells may be neighboring cells of the terminal device. Afterwards, candidate target secondary network devices may be determined according to the measurement values of other cells. For example, taking target secondary network devices corresponding to other cells whose measurement values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device are greater than a second preset threshold as candidate target secondary network devices to be added, in the candidate target secondary network device When there are multiple network devices, the cell with the best measured value, that is, the cell with the best channel quality may be prioritized as the candidate target secondary network device for this addition.
在一些实施例中,网络设备在根据测量报告,确定候选目标辅网络设备后,可以根据终端设备上报的第一能力信息,确定候选目标辅网络设备中是否有满足辅小区添加条件的目标辅网络设备,如果有,则执行步骤806。In some embodiments, after the network device determines the candidate target secondary network device according to the measurement report, it may determine whether there is a target secondary network device that satisfies the condition for adding a secondary cell among the candidate target secondary network devices according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. If there is a device, go to step 806.
例如,辅小区添加条件可以包括:终端设备能够接入辅目标网络设备、且终端设备满足在该目标辅网络设备下的目标辅小区工作的带宽要求。For example, the condition for adding the secondary cell may include: the terminal device can access the secondary target network device, and the terminal device meets the bandwidth requirement for working in the target secondary cell under the target secondary network device.
一种可能的实现方式,切换条件可以包括:UE支持的频段与目标辅网络设备的频段匹配,且UE支持的带宽与目标辅网络设备的带宽匹配。其中,UE支持的带宽与目标辅网络设备的带宽匹配可以包括:所述终端设备支持的第一频点的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频点上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频点的初始带宽部分的带宽。In a possible implementation manner, the handover condition may include: the frequency band supported by the UE matches the frequency band of the target secondary network device, and the bandwidth supported by the UE matches the bandwidth of the target secondary network device. Wherein, matching the bandwidth supported by the UE with the bandwidth of the target secondary network device may include: the channel bandwidth of the first frequency supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency supported by the target network device, and A bandwidth greater than or equal to the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency point supported by the target network device.
或者,所述终端设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标辅网络设备支持的第一频点所在的频段上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标辅网络设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的初始带宽部分的带宽。Or, the channel bandwidth of the frequency band where the first frequency supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the frequency band where the first frequency supported by the target secondary network device is greater than or equal to the target secondary network The bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the frequency band where the first frequency point supported by the device is located.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备可以根据测量报告确定的候选目标辅网络设备的频点所属的频段,获得候选目标辅网络设备的支持的频段的带宽。进而,根据候选目标辅网络设备的频点所属的频段,及候选目标辅网络设备在该频段下支持的带宽信息,与终端设备的频段信息比较,确定候选目标辅网络设备是否满足切换条件。In a possible implementation manner, the network device may obtain the bandwidth of the frequency band supported by the candidate target secondary network device according to the frequency band to which the frequency point of the candidate target secondary network device determined in the measurement report belongs. Furthermore, according to the frequency band to which the frequency point of the candidate target secondary network device belongs and the bandwidth information supported by the candidate target secondary network device in the frequency band, compare it with the frequency band information of the terminal device to determine whether the candidate target secondary network device satisfies the handover condition.
例如,在确定候选目标辅网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽大于或等于所述终端设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的信道带宽,且所述候选目标网络设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的初始带宽部分小于或等于所述终端设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的信道带宽时,可以将该候选目标辅网络设备,作为目标辅网络设备。For example, it is determined that the carrier bandwidth on the first frequency band supported by the candidate target secondary network device is greater than or equal to the channel bandwidth of the frequency band where the first frequency supported by the terminal device is located, and the first frequency supported by the candidate target network device is When the initial bandwidth of the frequency band where the point is located is less than or equal to the channel bandwidth of the frequency band where the first frequency point supported by the terminal device is located, the candidate target secondary network device may be used as the target secondary network device.
在候选目标辅网络设备不满足辅小区添加条件时,可以重新选择候选目标辅网络设备,例如,选择信道质量较好的小区作为该次辅小区添加的候选目标辅网络设备,在确定该候选目标辅网络设备满足切换条件后,将该候选目标辅网络设备作为目标辅网络设备。When the candidate target secondary network device does not meet the conditions for adding a secondary cell, a candidate target secondary network device can be reselected, for example, a cell with better channel quality is selected as a candidate target secondary network device After the secondary network device satisfies the switching condition, the candidate target secondary network device is used as the target secondary network device.
步骤806:网络设备向目标网络设备发送辅小区添加请求消息,对应的,目标网络设备接收网络设备发送的辅小区添加请求消息。Step 806: the network device sends a request message for adding a secondary cell to the target network device, and correspondingly, the target network device receives the request message for adding a secondary cell sent by the network device.
步骤807:目标网络设备向网络设备发送辅小区添加确认消息,对应的,网络设备接收目标网络设备发送的辅小区添加确认消息。Step 807: The target network device sends a confirmation message for adding a secondary cell to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the confirmation message for adding a secondary cell sent by the target network device.
目标网络设备确认自身的带宽支持终端设备接入,则向网络设备发送辅小区添加确认消息。另外,在一种可能的场景中,在目标网络设备不支持终端设备接入时,则目标网络设备向网络设备发送辅小区添加拒绝消息。The target network device confirms that its own bandwidth supports terminal device access, and then sends a secondary cell addition confirmation message to the network device. In addition, in a possible scenario, when the target network device does not support terminal device access, the target network device sends a secondary cell addition rejection message to the network device.
步骤808:网络设备向终端设备发送辅小区添加命令,对应的,终端设备接收网络设备发送的辅小区添加命令。Step 808: the network device sends a command to add a secondary cell to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the command to add a secondary cell sent by the network device.
通过上述方法,网络设备能够通过解析自身对应的容器,获取在EN-DC双连接下UE支持的异系统的band上的带宽能力,有助于提高网络设备添加辅小区的成功率。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability on the band of the different system supported by the UE under the EN-DC dual connectivity by parsing its corresponding container, which helps to improve the success rate of the network device adding the secondary cell.
参见图9,为本申请实施例提供的一种辅小区变更的方法所对应的流程示意图,该方法可以包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 9 , it is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a method for changing a secondary cell provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
步骤901:网络设备向终端设备发送UE能力请求消息,对应的,终端设备接收网络设备发送的UE能力消息。Step 901: the network device sends a UE capability request message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the UE capability message sent by the network device.
可选的,UE能力请求消息中可以包括第一指示信息。Optionally, the first indication information may be included in the UE capability request message.
步骤902:终端设备根据自身支持的能力,生成第一能力信息。Step 902: The terminal device generates first capability information according to the capabilities supported by itself.
具体可以参见步骤701,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to step 701, which will not be repeated here.
步骤903:终端设备向网络设备发送第一能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一能力信息。Step 903: the terminal device sends the first capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the first capability information sent by the terminal device.
具体可以参见步骤702,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to step 702, which will not be repeated here.
步骤904:终端设备向网络设备发送测量报告,对应的,网络设备接收终端设备发送的测量报告。Step 904: the terminal device sends a measurement report to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the measurement report sent by the terminal device.
具体可以参见步骤404,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to step 404, which will not be repeated here.
步骤905:网络设备根据第一能力信息和测量报告,确定终端设备的目标辅网络设备。Step 905: The network device determines a target secondary network device of the terminal device according to the first capability information and the measurement report.
在步骤905中,网络设备可以根据测量报告,确定终端设备当前接入的辅网络设备的信号质量不佳,不能满足当前传输的需要,此时,网络设备可以根据测量报告,确定该终端设备的候选目标辅网络设备,以便后续变更辅网络设备。In step 905, the network device can determine according to the measurement report that the signal quality of the secondary network device currently accessed by the terminal device is not good enough to meet the needs of current transmission. At this time, the network device can determine the signal quality of the terminal device according to the measurement report. Candidate target secondary network equipment, so that the secondary network equipment can be changed later.
其中,测量报告中可以包括同系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值,还可以包括异系统的小区的至少一个频点的测量值。其中,测量值可以是RSRP、RSRQ,RS-SINR等,本申请不做限定。Wherein, the measurement report may include a measurement value of at least one frequency point of a cell of the same system, and may also include a measurement value of at least one frequency point of a cell of a different system. Wherein, the measurement value may be RSRP, RSRQ, RS-SINR, etc., which are not limited in this application.
举例来说,在网络设备确定所述终端设备的辅小区的测量值小于第五预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第六预设阈值时,可以触发辅小区变更,以提升终端设备的数据传输性能。当然,还可以通过其他方式触发辅小区变更的场景,本申请不做限定。For example, when the network device determines that the measured value of the secondary cell of the terminal device is less than a fifth preset threshold, and the measured value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is greater than a sixth preset threshold , the change of the secondary cell may be triggered to improve the data transmission performance of the terminal device. Of course, the scenario of secondary cell change may also be triggered in other ways, which is not limited in this application.
在确定触发辅小区变更场景后,网络设备可以根据测量报告中的异系统的小区的至少 一个频点的测量值,确定候选目标辅小区,进而,确定候选目标辅小区对应的候选目标辅网络设备。After determining the triggering of the secondary cell change scenario, the network device may determine the candidate target secondary cell according to the measurement value of at least one frequency point of a cell of a different system in the measurement report, and then determine the candidate target secondary network device corresponding to the candidate target secondary cell .
网络设备可以根据终端设备的测量报告,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值。其中,其他小区可以是终端设备的邻小区。之后,可以根据其他小区的测量值,确定候选目标辅网络设备。例如,将所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第二预设阈值的其他小区对应的目标辅网络设备作为待添加的候选目标辅网络设备,在候选目标辅网络设备为多个时,可以优先将测量值最好的,即信道质量最好的小区作为该次添加的候选目标辅网络设备。The network device may determine the measurement values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device according to the measurement report of the terminal device. Wherein, other cells may be neighboring cells of the terminal device. Afterwards, candidate target secondary network devices may be determined according to the measurement values of other cells. For example, taking target secondary network devices corresponding to other cells whose measurement values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device are greater than a second preset threshold as candidate target secondary network devices to be added, in the candidate target secondary network device When there are multiple network devices, the cell with the best measured value, that is, the cell with the best channel quality may be prioritized as the candidate target secondary network device for this addition.
在一些实施例中,网络设备在根据测量报告,确定候选目标辅网络设备后,可以根据终端设备上报的第一能力信息,确定候选目标辅网络设备中是否有满足辅小区变更条件的目标辅网络设备,如果有,则执行步骤906。In some embodiments, after the network device determines the candidate target secondary network device according to the measurement report, it may determine whether there is a target secondary network device that meets the secondary cell change condition among the candidate target secondary network devices according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. If there is a device, go to step 906.
例如,切换条件可以包括:终端设备能够接入辅目标网络设备、且终端设备可以在该目标辅网络设备下的目标辅小区工作的带宽要求。For example, the handover condition may include: the terminal device can access the secondary target network device, and the terminal device can work in the target secondary network device's bandwidth requirement.
一种可能的实现方式,辅小区变更条件可以包括:UE支持的频段与目标辅网络设备的频段匹配,且UE支持的带宽与目标辅网络设备的带宽匹配。其中,UE支持的带宽与目标辅网络设备的带宽匹配可以包括:所述终端设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标辅网络设备支持的第一频点所在的频段上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标辅网络设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的初始带宽部分的带宽。In a possible implementation manner, the secondary cell change condition may include: the frequency band supported by the UE matches the frequency band of the target secondary network device, and the bandwidth supported by the UE matches the bandwidth of the target secondary network device. Wherein, matching the bandwidth supported by the UE with the bandwidth of the target secondary network device may include: the channel bandwidth of the frequency band where the first frequency point supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the channel bandwidth of the frequency band where the first frequency point supported by the target secondary network device is located. The carrier bandwidth on the frequency band is greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the frequency band where the first frequency point supported by the target secondary network device is located.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备可以根据测量报告确定的候选目标辅网络设备的频点所属的频段,获得候选目标辅网络设备的支持的频段的带宽。进而,根据候选目标辅网络设备的频点所属的频段,及候选目标辅网络设备在该频段下支持的带宽信息,与终端设备的频段信息比较,确定候选目标辅网络设备是否满足切换条件。In a possible implementation manner, the network device may obtain the bandwidth of the frequency band supported by the candidate target secondary network device according to the frequency band to which the frequency point of the candidate target secondary network device determined in the measurement report belongs. Furthermore, according to the frequency band to which the frequency point of the candidate target secondary network device belongs and the bandwidth information supported by the candidate target secondary network device in the frequency band, compare it with the frequency band information of the terminal device to determine whether the candidate target secondary network device satisfies the handover condition.
例如,在确定候选目标辅网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽大于或等于所述终端设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的信道带宽,且所述候选目标网络设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的初始带宽部分小于或等于所述终端设备支持的第一频点所在的频段的信道带宽时,可以将该候选目标辅网络设备,作为目标辅网络设备。For example, it is determined that the carrier bandwidth on the first frequency band supported by the candidate target secondary network device is greater than or equal to the channel bandwidth of the frequency band where the first frequency supported by the terminal device is located, and the first frequency supported by the candidate target network device is When the initial bandwidth of the frequency band where the point is located is less than or equal to the channel bandwidth of the frequency band where the first frequency point supported by the terminal device is located, the candidate target secondary network device may be used as the target secondary network device.
在候选目标辅网络设备不满足辅小区变更条件时,可以重新选择候选目标辅网络设备,例如,选择信道质量较好的小区作为该次辅小区变更的候选目标辅网络设备,在确定该候选目标辅网络设备满足切换条件后,将该候选目标辅网络设备作为目标辅网络设备。When the candidate target secondary network device does not meet the secondary cell change conditions, the candidate target secondary network device can be reselected, for example, a cell with better channel quality is selected as the candidate target secondary network device for this secondary cell change, and the candidate target secondary network device is determined. After the secondary network device satisfies the switching condition, the candidate target secondary network device is used as the target secondary network device.
步骤906:网络设备向目标网络设备发送辅小区变更请求,对应的,目标网络设备接收网络设备发送的辅小区变更请求。Step 906: the network device sends a secondary cell change request to the target network device, and correspondingly, the target network device receives the secondary cell change request sent by the network device.
或者,网络设备向目标网络设备发送辅节点变更请求,对应的,目标网络设备接收网络设备发送的辅节点变更请求。Alternatively, the network device sends a secondary node change request to the target network device, and correspondingly, the target network device receives the secondary node change request sent by the network device.
步骤907:目标网络设备向网络设备发送辅小区变更确认消息,对应的,网络设备接收目标网络设备发送的辅小区变更确认消息。Step 907: The target network device sends a secondary cell change confirmation message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the secondary cell change confirmation message sent by the target network device.
目标网络设备确认自身的带宽支持终端设备接入,则向网络设备发送辅小区变更确认消息。另外,在一种可能的场景中,在目标网络设备不支持终端设备接入时,则目标网络设备向网络设备发送辅小区变更拒绝消息。The target network device confirms that its own bandwidth supports terminal device access, and then sends a secondary cell change confirmation message to the network device. In addition, in a possible scenario, when the target network device does not support terminal device access, the target network device sends a secondary cell change rejection message to the network device.
步骤908:网络设备向终端设备发送辅小区变更命令,对应的,终端设备接收网络设备发送的辅小区变更命令。Step 908: the network device sends a secondary cell change command to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the secondary cell change command sent by the network device.
或者,网络设备向目标网络设备发送辅节点变更命令,对应的,目标网络设备接收网络设备发送的辅节点变更命令。Alternatively, the network device sends a secondary node change command to the target network device, and correspondingly, the target network device receives the secondary node change command sent by the network device.
通过上述方法,网络设备能够通过解析自身对应的容器,获取在EN-DC双连接下UE支持的异系统的band上的带宽能力,有助于提高网络设备添加辅小区的成功率。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability on the band of the different system supported by the UE under the EN-DC dual connectivity by parsing its corresponding container, which helps to improve the success rate of the network device adding the secondary cell.
示例四Example four
参见图10,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法所对应的流程示意图。该方法可以应用于如图1及图6a-图6c中任一场景所示的系统中,如图10所示,该方法可以包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 10 , it is a schematic flowchart corresponding to a communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. The method can be applied to the system shown in Figure 1 and any of the scenarios in Figure 6a-6c, as shown in Figure 10, the method can include the following steps:
步骤1001:网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置消息。Step 1001: the network device sends a first configuration message to the terminal device.
其中,所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备。Wherein, the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring the second wireless access technology, the first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second wireless access technology, and the network device supports the second wireless access technology A wireless access technology network device.
可选的,第一配置消息中还可以携带第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息。Optionally, the first configuration message may also carry second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the bandwidth information on the frequency point of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device .
具体实施方式,可以参见步骤501,在此不再赘述。For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to step 501, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1002:终端设备确定第一测量信息。Step 1002: the terminal device determines first measurement information.
其中,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。Wherein, the first measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, and the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and bandwidth information on the first frequency point supported by the terminal device, so The first frequency point information is frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
一种可能的实现方式,第一测量信息可以携带在测量报告中或UE辅助信息中。具体可以参考步骤502,在此不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, the first measurement information may be carried in a measurement report or UE assistance information. For details, reference may be made to step 502, which will not be repeated here.
在双连接场景下,第一测量信息可以包括:UE在EN-DC双连接下,异系统频点上UE支持的带宽。其中,异系统频点可以是UE的测量报告中的异系统频点。In a dual connectivity scenario, the first measurement information may include: the bandwidth supported by the UE on frequency points of different systems under EN-DC dual connectivity. Wherein, the frequency point of the different system may be the frequency point of the different system in the measurement report of the UE.
当UE请求使用双连接来增大吞吐量之前,UE可以开启异系统测量,例如,在E-UTRA网络下测量NR网络频点的质量。当测量结果满足对应的测量上报触发事件,UE可以向E-UTRA网络设备上报测量报告(MeasurementReport),该测量报告包括异系统小区/异系统频点的测量结果。相应的,E-UTRA网络设备根据测量结果选择合适的异系统网络设备下的小区作为给UE添加的辅小区。Before the UE requests to use dual connectivity to increase throughput, the UE can enable inter-system measurement, for example, to measure the quality of NR network frequency points under the E-UTRA network. When the measurement result satisfies the corresponding measurement reporting trigger event, the UE can report a measurement report (MeasurementReport) to the E-UTRA network device, and the measurement report includes the measurement result of the different-system cell/different-system frequency point. Correspondingly, the E-UTRA network device selects an appropriate cell under the network device of the different system as the secondary cell added to the UE according to the measurement result.
此时,UE在上报测量报告的同时,上报异系统频点上UE支持的带宽,其中,频点属于一个band。即第一测量信息中UE支持的带宽为UE经过异系统小区/异系统频点的测量后,确定的信道质量较好的频点,因此,网络设备在根据第一测量信息选择目标小区时,可以更容易的添加到信道质量好的辅小区,提升双连接的性能。At this time, while reporting the measurement report, the UE also reports the bandwidth supported by the UE on different system frequency points, wherein the frequency point belongs to one band. That is, the bandwidth supported by the UE in the first measurement information is the frequency point with better channel quality determined by the UE after measuring the different system cells/different system frequency points. Therefore, when the network device selects the target cell according to the first measurement information, It can be added to secondary cells with good channel quality more easily to improve the performance of dual connectivity.
具体终端设备生成第一测量信息的方式,可以参考步骤502中的方式,在此不再赘述。For a specific manner in which the terminal device generates the first measurement information, reference may be made to the manner in step 502, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1003:终端设备将第一测量信息发送给网络设备。Step 1003: the terminal device sends the first measurement information to the network device.
相应的,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一测量信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first measurement information sent by the terminal device.
具体发送方式可以参考步骤503,在此不再赘述。For the specific sending manner, reference may be made to step 503, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1004:网络设备根据第一测量信息,确定第一频点信息。Step 1004: The network device determines first frequency point information according to the first measurement information.
通过上述方法,网络设备能够通过获得终端设备上报的第一测量信息,获取在EN-DC 双连接下UE支持的异系统的频点上的带宽能力,有效减少辅网络设备添加失败概率,以及减少辅网路设备添加时延和信令开销。且不增加网络设备的实现复杂度。另外,相比示例三的方案,示例四的方案有助于降低信令的开销。Through the above method, the network device can obtain the bandwidth capability of the frequency point of the different system supported by the UE under the EN-DC dual connection by obtaining the first measurement information reported by the terminal device, effectively reducing the probability of failure to add the secondary network device, and reducing Secondary network equipment adds delay and signaling overhead. And the implementation complexity of the network device is not increased. In addition, compared with the solution in Example 3, the solution in Example 4 helps to reduce signaling overhead.
可选的,网络设备还可以在确定UE的目标辅网络设备后,向目标辅网络设备发送辅小区添加请求或辅节点添加请求、辅小区变更请求、或辅节点变更请求。下面以步骤1005~步骤1008举例说明辅小区添加的场景。Optionally, after determining the target secondary network device of the UE, the network device may send a secondary cell addition request or secondary node addition request, secondary cell change request, or secondary node change request to the target secondary network device. Steps 1005 to 1008 are used as examples below to illustrate the scenario of adding a secondary cell.
步骤1005:网络设备根据第一频点信息和测量报告,确定UE的目标辅网络设备。Step 1005: the network device determines the target secondary network device of the UE according to the first frequency point information and the measurement report.
需要说明的是,网络设备根据第一频点信息和测量报告,确定UE的目标辅网络设备的方式,可以参考图5中网络设备根据频段信息和测量报告,确定UE的目标网络设备的方式,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the manner in which the network device determines the target secondary network device of the UE according to the first frequency point information and the measurement report may refer to the manner in which the network device determines the target network device of the UE according to the frequency band information and the measurement report in FIG. I won't repeat them here.
步骤1006:网络设备向目标辅网络设备发送辅小区添加请求、或辅节点添加请求。Step 1006: the network device sends a request for adding a secondary cell or a request for adding a secondary node to the target secondary network device.
网络设备向目标网络设备发送辅小区添加请求消息,对应的,目标网络设备接收网络设备发送的辅小区添加请求消息。The network device sends a request message for adding a secondary cell to the target network device, and correspondingly, the target network device receives the request message for adding a secondary cell sent by the network device.
步骤1007:目标网络设备向网络设备发送辅小区添加确认消息,对应的,网络设备接收目标网络设备发送的辅小区添加确认消息。Step 1007: The target network device sends a confirmation message for adding a secondary cell to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the confirmation message for adding a secondary cell sent by the target network device.
目标辅网络设备确认自身的带宽支持终端设备接入,则向网络设备发送辅小区添加确认消息。另外,在一种可能的场景中,在目标辅网络设备不支持终端设备接入时,则目标辅网络设备向网络设备发送辅小区添加拒绝消息。The target secondary network device confirms that its own bandwidth supports terminal device access, and then sends a secondary cell addition confirmation message to the network device. In addition, in a possible scenario, when the target secondary network device does not support terminal device access, the target secondary network device sends a secondary cell addition rejection message to the network device.
步骤1008:网络设备向终端设备发送辅小区添加命令,对应的,终端设备接收网络设备发送的辅小区添加命令。Step 1008: the network device sends a command to add a secondary cell to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the command to add a secondary cell sent by the network device.
基于上述实施例,本申请还提供一种通信方法,包括如下实施例一和实施例二。Based on the foregoing embodiments, the present application further provides a communication method, including the following Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2.
实施例一Embodiment one
1.一种通信方法,应用于终端设备,包括:1. A communication method applied to a terminal device, comprising:
接收来自网络设备的第一配置消息;所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:第二无线接入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备;Receive a first configuration message from a network device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring a second wireless access technology, and the first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second wireless access technology, the The above network equipment is a network equipment supporting the first wireless access technology;
向网络设备发送第一测量信息,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。Sending first measurement information to a network device, where the first measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, where the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and the first frequency point supported by the terminal device The bandwidth information on the point, the first frequency point information is the frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
2.如1所述的方法,所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息为:参考信号测量值大于预设值的频点。2. The method according to 1, wherein the frequency point information satisfying a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second radio access technology is: a frequency point whose reference signal measurement value is greater than a preset value.
3.如1或2所述的方法,所述第一配置消息还包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息。3. The method according to 1 or 2, the first configuration message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device The bandwidth information on the frequency point.
4.如1-3任一项所述的方法,所述第一频点上的带宽信息携带在以下任一消息中:测量报告、UE辅助信息。4. The method according to any one of 1-3, wherein the bandwidth information on the first frequency point is carried in any of the following messages: measurement report, UE assistance information.
5.如2-4任一项所述的方法,所述第一频点上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:5. The method according to any one of 2-4, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point includes at least one of the following:
所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point.
6.如2-6任一项所述的方法,所述第一测量信息包括:第二指示字段;6. The method according to any one of 2-6, wherein the first measurement information includes: a second indication field;
所述第二指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的至少一个带宽信息;The second indication field is used to indicate at least one piece of bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括第二上行指示字段或第二下行指示字段中的至少一项,第二上行指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;第二下行指示字段用于指示所述终所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one of a second uplink indication field or a second downlink indication field, and the second uplink indication field is used to indicate the uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point; the second downlink indication The field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point.
实施例二Embodiment two
1.一种通信方法,应用于网络设备,包括:1. A communication method applied to network equipment, comprising:
向终端设备发送第一配置消息;所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备;Sending a first configuration message to the terminal device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring the second wireless access technology, and the first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second wireless access technology, The network device is a network device supporting the first wireless access technology;
接收来自终端设备的第一测量信息,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。Receive first measurement information from a terminal device, where the first measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, where the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and the first frequency point supported by the terminal device. Bandwidth information on frequency points, where the first frequency point information is frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
2.如1所述的方法,所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息为:参考信号测量值大于预设值的频点。2. The method according to 1, wherein the frequency point information satisfying a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second radio access technology is: a frequency point whose reference signal measurement value is greater than a preset value.
3.如1或2所述的方法,所述一配置消息中还包括:第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息。3. The method according to 1 or 2, the configuration message further includes: second indication information, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second wireless access supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information on the frequency point of the technology.
4.如1-3任一项所述的方法,所述第一频点上的带宽信息携带在以下任一消息中:测量报告、UE辅助信息。4. The method according to any one of 1-3, wherein the bandwidth information on the first frequency point is carried in any of the following messages: measurement report, UE assistance information.
5.如2-4任一项所述的方法,所述第一频点上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:5. The method according to any one of 2-4, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point includes at least one of the following:
所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point.
6.如2-6任一项所述的方法,所述第一测量信息包括:第二指示字段;6. The method according to any one of 2-6, wherein the first measurement information includes: a second indication field;
所述第二指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的至少一个带宽信息;The second indication field is used to indicate at least one piece of bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽 信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括第二上行指示字段或第二下行指示字段中的至少一项,第二上行指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;第二下行指示字段用于指示所述终所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one of a second uplink indication field or a second downlink indication field, and the second uplink indication field is used to indicate the uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point; the second downlink indication The field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point.
7.如1-6任一项所述的方法,所述方法还包括:7. the method as described in any one of 1-6, described method also comprises:
根据所述第一频点信息,向目标网络设备发送请求消息;Sending a request message to the target network device according to the first frequency point information;
其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接,所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的所述第一频点上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的所述第一频点的初始带宽部分的带宽。Wherein, the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a communication connection with the target network device, and the channel bandwidth of the first frequency point supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the channel bandwidth supported by the target network device. The carrier bandwidth on the first frequency point is greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency point supported by the target network device.
8.如7所述的方法,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求消息或辅节点变更请求消息。8. The method according to 7, the request message is any one of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message.
9.如7或8所述的方法,所述终端设备的服务小区的参考信号测量值小于第一预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第二预设阈值,所述第一预设阈值小于或等于所述第二预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个。9. The method according to 7 or 8, wherein the reference signal measurement value of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than the first preset threshold, and the reference signal measurement value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device The value is greater than a second preset threshold, the first preset threshold is less than or equal to the second preset threshold, and the cell of the target network device is one of the other cells.
10.如7或8所述的方法,所述终端设备的服务小区的吞吐量小于第三预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第四预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个;10. The method according to 7 or 8, wherein the throughput of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than the third preset threshold, and the measured value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is greater than the fourth A preset threshold, the cell of the target network device being one of the other cells;
或者,所述终端设备的辅小区的测量值小于第五预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第六预设阈值,所述第五预设阈值小于或等于所述第六预设阈值,所述目标网络设备的小区为所述其他小区中的一个。Or, the measured value of the secondary cell of the terminal device is less than a fifth preset threshold, and the measured value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is greater than a sixth preset threshold, and the fifth preset It is assumed that the threshold is less than or equal to the sixth preset threshold, and the cell of the target network device is one of the other cells.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从各个设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,网络设备或终端设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided in the present application, the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspective of interaction between various devices. In order to realize the various functions in the method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application, the network device or the terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and realize the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module . Whether one of the above-mentioned functions is executed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中,也可以是单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。The division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. In addition, each functional module in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processor, or physically exist separately, or two or more modules may be integrated into one module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules.
如图11所示,本申请提供一种通信装置1100。在一些实施例中,该通信装置1100可以为终端设备,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该通信装置1100可以包括处理模块1110、发送模块1120。可选的,还可以包括接收模块1130。As shown in FIG. 11 , the present application provides a communication device 1100 . In some embodiments, the communication apparatus 1100 may be a terminal device, or a component in the terminal device, such as a chip. The communication device 1100 may include a processing module 1110 and a sending module 1120 . Optionally, a receiving module 1130 may also be included.
在一些实施例中,处理模块1110,用于确定第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,所述第一能力信息还包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息;所述频段信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,所述第一无线接入技术与所述第二无线接入技术为不同的无线接入技术;In some embodiments, the processing module 1110 is configured to determine first capability information, where the first capability information is used to indicate the capability of the first radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and the first capability information further includes : frequency band information of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device; the frequency band information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and each of the at least one frequency band Bandwidth information on frequency bands, the first wireless access technology and the second wireless access technology are different wireless access technologies;
发送模块1120,用于向网络设备发送第一能力信息。A sending module 1120, configured to send the first capability information to the network device.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一能力信息携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information is carried in a container of the first wireless access technology or in capability information of the first wireless access technology of the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,接收模块1130,用于接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息。其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module 1130 is configured to receive first indication information from the network device. Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息携带在用户设备UE能力消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band is carried in a user equipment UE capability message.
一种可能的实现方式,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band includes at least one of the following:
所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的所述至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in the at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的所述至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in the at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一能力信息包括:第一指示字段;In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information includes: a first indication field;
所述第一指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的至少一个带宽信息;The first indication field is used to indicate at least one bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括第一上行指示字段或第一下行指示字段中的至少一项,第一上行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的上行带宽信息;第一下行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one of a first uplink indication field or a first downlink indication field, and the first uplink indication field is used to indicate uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band ; The first downlink indication field is used to indicate downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,发送模块1120,用于向所述网络设备发送UE能力信息,所述UE能力信息包括所述第一能力信息和第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的能力,所述第二能力信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sending module 1120 is configured to send UE capability information to the network device, where the UE capability information includes the first capability information and second capability information, and the second capability information is used to indicate The capability of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, where the second capability information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and each frequency band in the at least one frequency band Bandwidth information on frequency bands.
一种可能的实现方式,所述频段信息用于向目标网络设备发送请求消息;其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接;所述目标网络设备支持的带宽满足所述终端设备以所述第二无线接入技术接入所述目标网络设备的网络的要求。In a possible implementation manner, the frequency band information is used to send a request message to the target network device; wherein the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a communication connection with the target network device; the target network device supports The bandwidth meets the requirement for the terminal device to access the network of the target network device by using the second wireless access technology.
一种可能的实现方式,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求消息或辅节点变更请求消息。In a possible implementation manner, the request message is any one of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message.
在另一些实施例中,接收模块1130,用于接收来自网络设备的第一配置消息;所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:第二无线接 入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备;In some other embodiments, the receiving module 1130 is configured to receive a first configuration message from a network device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring the second wireless access technology, and the first configuration message includes : frequency point information of the second wireless access technology, the network device is a network device supporting the first wireless access technology;
发送模块1120,用于向网络设备发送第一测量信息,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。A sending module 1120, configured to send first measurement information to a network device, where the first measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, and the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and the terminal device supported The bandwidth information on the first frequency point, where the first frequency point information is the frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息为:测量值大于预设值的频点。In a possible implementation manner, the frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second radio access technology is: a frequency point whose measured value is greater than a preset value.
一种可能的实现方式,接收模块1130,用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module 1130 is configured to receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second wireless access supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information on the frequency point of the technology.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一频点上的带宽信息携带在以下任一消息中:测量报告、UE辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point is carried in any of the following messages: measurement report, UE assistance information.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一频点上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point includes at least one of the following:
所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一测量信息包括:第二指示字段;In a possible implementation manner, the first measurement information includes: a second indication field;
所述第二指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的至少一个带宽信息;The second indication field is used to indicate at least one piece of bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括第二上行指示字段或第二下行指示字段中的至少一项,第二上行指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;第二下行指示字段用于指示所述终所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one of a second uplink indication field or a second downlink indication field, and the second uplink indication field is used to indicate the uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point; the second downlink indication The field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一频点信息用于向目标网络设备发送请求消息;其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接;所述目标网络设备支持的带宽满足所述终端设备以所述第二无线接入技术接入所述目标网络设备的网络的要求。In a possible implementation manner, the first frequency point information is used to send a request message to the target network device; wherein the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a communication connection with the target network device; the target The bandwidth supported by the network device meets the requirement for the terminal device to access the network of the target network device by using the second wireless access technology.
一种可能的实现方式,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求消息或辅节点变更请求消息。In a possible implementation manner, the request message is any one of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message.
如图12所示,本申请提供一种通信装置1200。在一些实施例中,该通信装置1200可以为网络设备,或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片。该通信装置1200可以包括处理模块1210、接收模块1220。可选的,还可以包括发送模块1230。As shown in FIG. 12 , the present application provides a communication device 1200 . In some embodiments, the communication apparatus 1200 may be a network device, or a component in the network device, such as a chip. The communication device 1200 may include a processing module 1210 and a receiving module 1220 . Optionally, a sending module 1230 may also be included.
在一些实施例中,接收模块1220,用于接收来自终端设备的第一能力信息;所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,所述第一能力信息还包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息;所述频段信息包括:所述终端设 备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,所述第一无线接入技术与所述第二无线接入技术为不同的无线接入技术;In some embodiments, the receiving module 1220 is configured to receive first capability information from the terminal device; the first capability information is used to indicate the capability of the first radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and the first The capability information also includes: frequency band information of the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device; the frequency band information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and the at least one Bandwidth information on each of the frequency bands, the first radio access technology and the second radio access technology are different radio access technologies;
处理模块1210,用于根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。The processing module 1210 is configured to determine, according to the first capability information, at least one frequency band corresponding to the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一能力信息携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information is carried in a container of the first wireless access technology or in capability information of the first wireless access technology of the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,发送模块1230,用于向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sending module 1230 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息携带在用户设备UE能力消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band is carried in a user equipment UE capability message.
一种可能的实现方式,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band includes at least one of the following:
所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in at least one frequency band;
至少一个频段中每个频段上的所述至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in the at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一能力信息包括:第一指示字段;In a possible implementation manner, the first capability information includes: a first indication field;
所述第一指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的至少一个带宽信息;The first indication field is used to indicate at least one bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
或者,所述第一指示字段包括第一上行指示字段或第一下行指示字段中的至少一项,第一上行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的上行带宽信息;第一下行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one of a first uplink indication field or a first downlink indication field, and the first uplink indication field is used to indicate uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band ; The first downlink indication field is used to indicate downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,接收模块1220,用于接收来自终端设备的UE能力信息,所述UE能力信息包括所述第一能力信息和第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的能力,所述第二能力信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module 1220 is configured to receive UE capability information from a terminal device, where the UE capability information includes the first capability information and second capability information, and the second capability information is used to indicate the The capability of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, the second capability information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and each of the at least one frequency band Bandwidth information on the frequency band.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1210,用于根据所述频段信息,向目标网络设备发送请求消息;其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接;所述目标网络设备支持的带宽满足所述终端设备以所述第二无线接入技术接入所述目标网络设备的网络的要求。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1210 is configured to send a request message to the target network device according to the frequency band information; wherein the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a communication connection with the target network device; The bandwidth supported by the target network device meets the requirement for the terminal device to access the network of the target network device by using the second wireless access technology.
一种可能的实现方式,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求 消息或辅节点变更请求消息。A possible implementation manner, the request message is any of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的服务小区的测量值小于第一预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第二预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the measured value of the serving cell of the terminal device is smaller than a first preset threshold, and the measured value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is larger than the second preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的服务小区的吞吐量小于第三预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第四预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the throughput of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than a third preset threshold, and the measured values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device are greater than a fourth preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的辅小区的测量值小于第五预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第六预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the measured value of the secondary cell of the terminal device is smaller than a fifth preset threshold, and the measured value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is larger than a sixth preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备支持的第一频段的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段的初始带宽部分的带宽,所述第一频段为所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段中的一个。In a possible implementation manner, the channel bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the target network device, and greater than or equal to the first frequency band supported by the target network device. A bandwidth of an initial bandwidth part of a frequency band, where the first frequency band is one of at least one frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
在另一些实施例中,发送模块1230,用于向终端设备发送第一配置消息;所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备。In some other embodiments, the sending module 1230 is configured to send a first configuration message to the terminal device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring the second wireless access technology, and the first configuration message includes: The frequency point information of the second wireless access technology, the network device is a network device supporting the first wireless access technology.
接收模块1220,用于接收来自终端设备的第一测量信息,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。The receiving module 1220 is configured to receive first measurement information from a terminal device, where the first measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, and the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and the terminal device Supported bandwidth information on the first frequency point, where the first frequency point information is frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息为:测量值大于预设值的频点。In a possible implementation manner, the frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second radio access technology is: a frequency point whose measured value is greater than a preset value.
一种可能的实现方式,发送模块1230,用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频点上的带宽信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sending module 1230 is configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device The bandwidth information on the frequency point.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一频点上的带宽信息携带在以下任一消息中:测量报告、UE辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point is carried in any of the following messages: measurement report, UE assistance information.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一频点上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth information on the first frequency point includes at least one of the following:
所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point;
第一频点上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on the first frequency point.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一测量信息包括:第二指示字段;In a possible implementation manner, the first measurement information includes: a second indication field;
所述第二指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的至少一个带宽信息;The second indication field is used to indicate at least one piece of bandwidth information on the first frequency point;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括至少一个第二指示子字段,所述至少一个第二指示子字段中的一个第二指示子字段用于指示所述第一频点上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one second indication subfield, and one second indication subfield in the at least one second indication subfield is used to indicate that a subcarrier spacing on the first frequency corresponds to Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information;
或者,所述第二指示字段包括第二上行指示字段或第二下行指示字段中的至少一项,第二上行指示字段用于指示所述第一频点上的上行带宽信息;第二下行指示字段用于指示 所述终所述第一频点上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the second indication field includes at least one of a second uplink indication field or a second downlink indication field, and the second uplink indication field is used to indicate the uplink bandwidth information on the first frequency point; the second downlink indication The field is used to indicate the downlink bandwidth information on the first frequency point.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1210,用于根据所述第一频点信息,向目标网络设备发送请求消息;其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接;所述目标网络设备支持的带宽满足所述终端设备以所述第二无线接入技术接入所述目标网络设备的网络的要求。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1210 is configured to send a request message to the target network device according to the first frequency point information; where the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a connection with the target network device. Communication connection: the bandwidth supported by the target network device meets the requirement for the terminal device to access the network of the target network device by using the second wireless access technology.
一种可能的实现方式,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求消息或辅节点变更请求消息。In a possible implementation manner, the request message is any one of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的服务小区的测量值小于第一预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第二预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the measured value of the serving cell of the terminal device is smaller than a first preset threshold, and the measured value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is larger than the second preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的服务小区的吞吐量小于第三预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第四预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the throughput of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than a third preset threshold, and the measured values of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device are greater than a fourth preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备的辅小区的测量值小于第五预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的测量值大于第六预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the measured value of the secondary cell of the terminal device is smaller than a fifth preset threshold, and the measured value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is larger than a sixth preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,所述终端设备支持的第一频点的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频点上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频点的初始带宽部分的带宽。In a possible implementation manner, the channel bandwidth of the first frequency point supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency point supported by the target network device, and greater than or equal to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency point supported by the target network device. The bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency point.
可选的,上述通信装置1100或1200还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元用于存储数据或者指令(也可以称为代码或者程序),上述各个单元可以和存储单元交互或者耦合,以实现对应的方法或者功能。例如,处理模块1110或1210可以读取存储单元中的数据或者指令,使得通信装置实现上述实施例中的方法。Optionally, the above communication device 1100 or 1200 may further include a storage unit, which is used to store data or instructions (also referred to as codes or programs), and each of the above units may interact or be coupled with the storage unit to implement corresponding method or function. For example, the processing module 1110 or 1210 may read data or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication device implements the methods in the foregoing embodiments.
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各个步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现,或者也可以是以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of units in the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity or physically separated during actual implementation. And the units in the device can all be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together, or implemented independently. The processing element mentioned here may also be a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each unit above can be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element, or can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In one example, the units in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. For another example, when the units in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU) or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
以上用于接收的单元(例如接收单元)是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该接收单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上用于发送的单元(例如发送单元)是一种该装置的接口电路, 用于向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该发送单元是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The above unit for receiving (for example, a receiving unit) is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the receiving unit is an interface circuit for the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices. The above unit for sending (for example, sending unit) is an interface circuit of the device, and is used to send signals to other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the sending unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
参考图13,其为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置用于实现以上实施例中网络设备或终端设备的操作。如图13所示,以通信装置为终端设备为例,该通信装置包括:天线1310、射频装置1320、信号处理部分1330。天线1310与射频装置1320连接。在下行方向上,射频装置1320通过天线1310接收网络设备或其他终端设备发送的信息,将网络设备或其他终端设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1330进行处理。在上行方向上,信号处理部分1330对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1320,射频装置1320对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1310发送给网络设备或其他终端设备。Referring to FIG. 13 , it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device is used to realize the operations of the network device or the terminal device in the above embodiments. As shown in FIG. 13 , taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example, the communication device includes: an antenna 1310 , a radio frequency device 1320 , and a signal processing part 1330 . The antenna 1310 is connected to the radio frequency device 1320 . In the downlink direction, the radio frequency device 1320 receives the information sent by the network equipment or other terminal equipment through the antenna 1310, and sends the information sent by the network equipment or other terminal equipment to the signal processing part 1330 for processing. In the uplink direction, the signal processing part 1330 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the radio frequency device 1320, and the radio frequency device 1320 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to network equipment or other terminal equipment through the antenna 1310.
以通信装置为网络设备为例,该通信装置包括:天线1310、射频装置1320、信号处理部分1330。天线1310与射频装置1320连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1320通过天线1310接收第一终端或其他终端设备发送的信息,将第一终端或其他终端设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1330进行处理。在下行方向上,信号处理部分1330对网络设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1320,射频装置1320对网络设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1310发送给第一终端或其他终端设备。Taking the communication device as a network device as an example, the communication device includes: an antenna 1310 , a radio frequency device 1320 , and a signal processing part 1330 . The antenna 1310 is connected to the radio frequency device 1320 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1320 receives information sent by the first terminal or other terminal equipment through the antenna 1310, and sends the information sent by the first terminal or other terminal equipment to the signal processing part 1330 for processing. In the downlink direction, the signal processing part 1330 processes the information of the network equipment and sends it to the radio frequency device 1320, and the radio frequency device 1320 processes the information of the network equipment and sends it to the first terminal or other terminal equipment through the antenna 1310.
信号处理部分1330用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理。信号处理部分1330可以为该通信装置的一个子系统,则该通信装置还可以包括其它子系统,例如中央处理子系统,用于实现对通信装置操作系统以及应用层的处理;再如,周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。信号处理部分1330可以为单独设置的芯片。可选的,以上的装置可以位于信号处理部分1330。The signal processing part 1330 is used to realize the processing of each communication protocol layer of data. The signal processing part 1330 may be a subsystem of the communication device, and the communication device may also include other subsystems, such as a central processing subsystem, for processing the operating system and application layer of the communication device; another example, the peripheral subsystem The system is used to realize the connection with other devices. The signal processing part 1330 may be a separately provided chip. Optionally, the above devices may be located in the signal processing part 1330 .
信号处理部分1330可以包括一个或多个处理元件1331,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路,以及包括接口电路1333。此外,该信号处理部分1330还可以包括存储元件1332。存储元件1332用于存储数据和程序,用于执行以上方法中通信装置所执行的方法的程序可能存储,也可能不存储于该存储元件1332中,例如,存储于信号处理部分1330之外的存储器中,使用时信号处理部分1330加载该程序到缓存中进行使用。接口电路1333用于与装置通信。以上装置可以位于信号处理部分1330,该信号处理部分1330可以通过芯片实现,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上通信装置执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如该装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中通信装置执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件。 Signal processing section 1330 may include one or more processing elements 1331 , including, for example, a master CPU and other integrated circuits, and interface circuitry 1333 . In addition, the signal processing section 1330 may further include a storage element 1332 . The storage element 1332 is used to store data and programs, and the program for performing the method executed by the communication device in the above methods may or may not be stored in the storage element 1332, for example, stored in a memory outside the signal processing part 1330 During use, the signal processing part 1330 loads the program into the cache for use. Interface circuitry 1333 is used to communicate with the device. The above means can be located in the signal processing part 1330, and the signal processing part 1330 can be realized by a chip, and the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute each step of any method performed by the above communication means, and the interface Circuits are used to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit that implements each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, for example, the device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored in the storage element to execute the above method embodiment. A method performed by a communication device. The storage element may be a storage element on the same chip as the processing element, that is, an on-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,用于执行以上方法中通信装置所执行的方法的程序可以在与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。此时,处理元件从片外存储元件调用或加载程序于片内存储元件上,以调用并执行以上方法实施例中通信装置(网络设备或终端设备)执行的方法。In another implementation, the program for executing the method executed by the communication device in the above methods may be stored in a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element. At this point, the processing element invokes or loads a program from the off-chip storage element to the on-chip storage element, so as to invoke and execute the method performed by the communication device (network device or terminal device) in the above method embodiments.
在又一种实现中,通信装置实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于信号处理部分1330上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In yet another implementation, the unit of the communication device implementing each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the signal processing part 1330, where the processing elements may be integrated circuits, such as : One or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上通信装置执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上通信装置执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units for implementing each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC). The SOC chip is used to implement the above method. The chip may integrate at least one processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the stored program of the storage element to realize the method performed by the above communication device; or, the chip may integrate at least one integrated circuit for realizing the above communication The method executed by the device; or, the above implementation methods can be combined, the functions of some units are realized by calling programs from processing elements, and the functions of some units are realized by the form of integrated circuits.
可见,以上装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种通信装置执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行通信装置执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行通信装置执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行通信装置执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above device may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, where at least one processing element is configured to execute any method performed by a communication device provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element can perform some or all of the steps performed by the communication device in the first way: that is, by calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: that is, through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element combined with instructions Part or all of the steps performed by the communication device may be performed in a manner; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the communication device may also be performed in combination with the first method and the second method.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The processing element here is the same as the above description, and can be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, and can also be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP, or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. A storage element may be a memory, or may be a general term for multiple storage elements.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述实施例中网络设备或终端设备对应的任一方法实施例所述的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a computer, the method described in any method embodiment corresponding to the network device or the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments is implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述网络设备或终端设备的任一方法实施例所述的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which implements the method described in any method embodiment of the above-mentioned network device or terminal device when the computer program product is executed by a computer.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述实施例中的网络设备或终端设备。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the network device or the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机程序可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可 读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机程序可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。The above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product consists of one or more computer programs. When the computer program is loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer program can be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wire ( Such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, etc. integrated with one or more available media. Available media can be magnetic (e.g., floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical (e.g., digital video disc (DVD)), or semiconductor (e.g., solid state disk (SSD) )Wait.
本申请实施例还提供一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;处理器,用于执行上述网络设备或终端设备的任一方法实施例所描述的方法。The embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method described in any method embodiment of the above-mentioned network device or terminal device.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片,处理器可以通过硬件实现也可以通过软件实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,也可以位于处理器之外,独立存在。It should be understood that the above-mentioned processing device may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor It may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory, and the memory may be integrated in the processor, or located outside the processor and exist independently.
以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only the specific implementation of the present application, but the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. , should be covered within the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于终端设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a terminal device, comprising:
    确定第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,所述第一能力信息还包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息;所述频段信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,所述第一无线接入技术与所述第二无线接入技术为不同的无线接入技术;Determining first capability information, where the first capability information is used to indicate the capability of the first wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and the first capability information further includes: a second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device Technology frequency band information; the frequency band information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second wireless access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band, the first wireless access technology The access technology is a different radio access technology from the second radio access technology;
    向网络设备发送第一能力信息。Send the first capability information to the network device.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first capability information is carried in a container of the first wireless access technology or in capability information of the first wireless access technology of the terminal device.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一能力信息中上报所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。Receive first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band in the first capability information.
  4. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息携带在用户设备UE能力消息中。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band is carried in a UE capability message.
  5. 如权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band includes at least one of the following:
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息包括:第一指示字段,所述第一指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的至少一个带宽信息;The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first capability information includes: a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate each frequency band in the at least one frequency band at least one bandwidth information on ;
    或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
    或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
    或者,所述第一指示字段包括第一上行指示字段或第一下行指示字段中的至少一项,第一上行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的上行带宽信息;第一下行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one of a first uplink indication field or a first downlink indication field, and the first uplink indication field is used to indicate uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band ; The first downlink indication field is used to indicate downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
  7. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向网络设备发送第一能力信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the sending the first capability information to the network device comprises:
    向所述网络设备发送UE能力信息,所述UE能力信息包括所述第一能力信息和第二 能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的能力,所述第二能力信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。sending UE capability information to the network device, where the UE capability information includes the first capability information and second capability information, and the second capability information is used to indicate the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device capability, the second capability information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
  8. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a network device, comprising:
    接收来自终端设备的第一能力信息;所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一无线接入技术的能力,所述第一能力信息还包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的频段信息;所述频段信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,所述第一无线接入技术与所述第二无线接入技术为不同的无线接入技术;Receive first capability information from the terminal device; the first capability information is used to indicate the capability of the first radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and the first capability information further includes: the first radio access technology supported by the terminal device Frequency band information of two radio access technologies; the frequency band information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band, so The first wireless access technology and the second wireless access technology are different wireless access technologies;
    根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。According to the first capability information, at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band are determined.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息携带在第一无线接入技术的容器或终端设备的第一无线接入技术的能力信息中。The method according to claim 8, wherein the first capability information is carried in a container of the first wireless access technology or in capability information of the first wireless access technology of the terminal device.
  10. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一能力信息中上报所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。Sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band in the first capability information.
  11. 如权利要求8-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息携带在用户设备UE能力消息中。The method according to any one of claims 8-10, wherein the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band is carried in a UE capability message.
  12. 如权利要求8-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息,包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 8-11, wherein the bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band includes at least one of the following:
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的下行带宽信息;Downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息;Uplink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    所述至少一个频段中每个频段上的至少一种子载波间隔中每种子载波间隔对应的下行带宽信息。Downlink bandwidth information corresponding to each subcarrier spacing in at least one subcarrier spacing on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
  13. 如权利要求8-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息包括:第一指示字段,The method according to any one of claims 8-12, wherein the first capability information includes: a first indication field,
    所述第一指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的至少一个带宽信息;The first indication field is used to indicate at least one bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band;
    或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
    或者,所述第一指示字段包括至少一个第一指示子字段,所述至少一个第一指示子字段中的一个第一指示子字段用于指示所述终端设备支持的至少一个频段中的每个频段上的一种子载波间隔对应的上行带宽信息或下行带宽信息;Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one first indication subfield, and one first indication subfield in the at least one first indication subfield is used to indicate that each of the at least one frequency band supported by the terminal device Uplink bandwidth information or downlink bandwidth information corresponding to a subcarrier spacing on the frequency band;
    或者,所述第一指示字段包括第一上行指示字段或第一下行指示字段中的至少一项,第一上行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的上行带宽信息;第一下行指示字段用于指示所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的下行带宽信息。Alternatively, the first indication field includes at least one of a first uplink indication field or a first downlink indication field, and the first uplink indication field is used to indicate uplink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band ; The first downlink indication field is used to indicate downlink bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
  14. 如权利要求8-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-13, further comprising:
    接收来自终端设备的UE能力信息,所述UE能力信息包括所述第一能力信息和第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的能力,所述第二能力信息包括:所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术对应的至少一个频段,及所述至少一个频段中的每个频段上的带宽信息。receiving UE capability information from the terminal device, where the UE capability information includes the first capability information and second capability information, and the second capability information is used to indicate the capability of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device , the second capability information includes: at least one frequency band corresponding to the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device, and bandwidth information on each frequency band in the at least one frequency band.
  15. 如权利要求8-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-14, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述频段信息,向目标网络设备发送请求消息;Sending a request message to the target network device according to the frequency band information;
    其中,所述请求消息用于请求所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备建立通信连接,所述终端设备支持的第一频段的信道带宽小于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段上的载波带宽,且大于或等于所述目标网络设备支持的第一频段的初始带宽部分的带宽,所述第一频段为所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的至少一个频段中的一个。Wherein, the request message is used to request the terminal device to establish a communication connection with the target network device, and the channel bandwidth of the first frequency band supported by the terminal device is less than or equal to that of the first frequency band supported by the target network device. The carrier bandwidth is greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the initial bandwidth part of the first frequency band supported by the target network device, and the first frequency band is one of at least one frequency band of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息为以下任一项:切换请求消息、辅节点添加请求消息或辅节点变更请求消息。The method according to claim 15, wherein the request message is any one of the following: a handover request message, a secondary node addition request message, or a secondary node change request message.
  17. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的服务小区的参考信号测量值小于第一预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第二预设阈值,所述第一预设阈值小于或等于所述第二预设阈值,所述目标网络设备对应的小区为所述其他小区中的一个。The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the reference signal measurement value of the serving cell of the terminal device is smaller than a first preset threshold, and other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device The measured reference signal value of the reference signal is greater than a second preset threshold, the first preset threshold is less than or equal to the second preset threshold, and the cell corresponding to the target network device is one of the other cells.
  18. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的服务小区的吞吐量小于第三预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第四预设阈值,所述目标网络设备对应的小区为所述其他小区中的一个;The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the throughput of the serving cell of the terminal device is less than a third preset threshold, and the reference of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device The signal measurement value is greater than a fourth preset threshold, and the cell corresponding to the target network device is one of the other cells;
    或者,所述终端设备的辅小区的参考信号测量值小于第五预设阈值,且所述终端设备支持的第二无线接入技术的其他小区的参考信号测量值大于第六预设阈值,所述第五预设阈值小于或等于所述第六预设阈值,所述目标网络设备对应的小区为所述其他小区中的一个。Or, the reference signal measurement value of the secondary cell of the terminal device is less than the fifth preset threshold, and the reference signal measurement value of other cells of the second radio access technology supported by the terminal device is greater than the sixth preset threshold, so The fifth preset threshold is less than or equal to the sixth preset threshold, and the cell corresponding to the target network device is one of the other cells.
  19. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于终端设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a terminal device, comprising:
    接收来自网络设备的第一配置消息;所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:第二无线接入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备;Receive a first configuration message from a network device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring a second wireless access technology, and the first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second wireless access technology, the The above network equipment is a network equipment supporting the first wireless access technology;
    向网络设备发送第一测量信息,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。Sending first measurement information to a network device, where the first measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, where the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and the first frequency point supported by the terminal device The bandwidth information on the point, the first frequency point information is the frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
  20. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a network device, comprising:
    向终端设备发送第一配置消息;所述第一配置消息用于配置测量第二无线接入技术的频点,所述第一配置消息包括:所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息,所述网络设备为支持第一无线接入技术的网络设备;Sending a first configuration message to the terminal device; the first configuration message is used to configure a frequency point for measuring the second wireless access technology, and the first configuration message includes: frequency point information of the second wireless access technology, The network device is a network device supporting the first wireless access technology;
    接收来自终端设备的第一测量信息,所述第一测量信息用于指示第一频点信息,所述第一频点信息包括所述第一频点和所述终端设备支持的所述第一频点上的带宽信息,所述第一频点信息为所述第二无线接入技术的频点信息中满足预设条件的频点信息。Receive first measurement information from a terminal device, where the first measurement information is used to indicate first frequency point information, where the first frequency point information includes the first frequency point and the first frequency point supported by the terminal device. Bandwidth information on frequency points, where the first frequency point information is frequency point information that satisfies a preset condition in the frequency point information of the second wireless access technology.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述装置进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或 指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法或如权利要求19所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for the device to communicate, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used to store programs or instructions, when the When the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the device is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-7 or the method according to claim 19.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述装置进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求8-18任一项所述的方法或如权利要求20所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for the device to communicate, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used to store programs or instructions, when the When the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the device is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 8-18 or the method according to claim 20.
  23. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:如权利要求21所述的通信装置和如权利要求22所述的通信装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising: the communication device according to claim 21 and the communication device according to claim 22.
  24. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-20任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the computer according to any one of claims 1-20. Methods.
PCT/CN2022/083761 2021-06-09 2022-03-29 Communication method and apparatus WO2022257564A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110641980 2021-06-09
CN202110641980.3 2021-06-09
CN202110853138.6 2021-07-27
CN202110853138.6A CN115460587A (en) 2021-06-09 2021-07-27 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022257564A1 true WO2022257564A1 (en) 2022-12-15

Family

ID=84294992

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/083761 WO2022257564A1 (en) 2021-06-09 2022-03-29 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115460587A (en)
WO (1) WO2022257564A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111432487A (en) * 2020-02-13 2020-07-17 华为技术有限公司 Frequency band information reporting method and related equipment
US20200260265A1 (en) * 2019-02-13 2020-08-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for reporting user equipment capability in wireless communication system
US20200275323A1 (en) * 2018-08-23 2020-08-27 Google Llc Managing Inter-Radio Access Technology Capabilities of a User Equipment
US20210029671A1 (en) * 2019-07-25 2021-01-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuring unicast and broadcast communications for different radio access technologies

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200275323A1 (en) * 2018-08-23 2020-08-27 Google Llc Managing Inter-Radio Access Technology Capabilities of a User Equipment
US20200260265A1 (en) * 2019-02-13 2020-08-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for reporting user equipment capability in wireless communication system
US20210029671A1 (en) * 2019-07-25 2021-01-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuring unicast and broadcast communications for different radio access technologies
CN111432487A (en) * 2020-02-13 2020-07-17 华为技术有限公司 Frequency band information reporting method and related equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115460587A (en) 2022-12-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7026705B2 (en) Communication method, network node, radio access network system
WO2020147050A1 (en) Information reporting method and device, and terminal
WO2018188557A1 (en) Method and device for selecting target base station and storage medium
CN111565426A (en) Information transmission method and device
US20220046450A1 (en) Measurement interval configuration method and device, terminal, and network device
WO2021098568A1 (en) Capability information sending method and apparatus, and capability information receiving method and apparatus
WO2021249001A1 (en) Cell measurement method and device
US11523312B2 (en) Capability interaction method and related device
WO2021213217A1 (en) Measurement relaxation method and communication device
WO2019242722A1 (en) Measurement control method and apparatus, and terminal device
US20240064718A1 (en) Communication method, base station, terminal, and storage medium
WO2020232611A1 (en) Cell reselection method and apparatus, and terminal
EP3963954A1 (en) Providing measurement capabilities to a network node
EP4156850A1 (en) Measurement method and apparatus, terminal device and network device
CN113596933A (en) Measuring method, device and system
KR20220136244A (en) Sidelink relay selection and re-selection in wireless communication
WO2020227870A1 (en) Switching method and apparatus, and communication device
US20210219285A1 (en) Method for indicating number of transmitting ports of ue, ue and network device
WO2020082248A1 (en) Method and device for controlling mobility of terminal, and terminal
WO2019241969A1 (en) Method for configuring measurement information, terminal device, and network device
WO2022011500A1 (en) Configuration method and apparatus
CN116057998A (en) Communication method, device and apparatus
WO2021026929A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022237575A1 (en) Measurement configuration method and apparatus
US20220279400A1 (en) Cell accessing method, electronic device, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22819169

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22819169

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1